://www.archive.org/details/catalog ueofbatra02brituoft
eee erick M
CATALOGUE
OF THE
BATRACHIA GRADIENTIA
~§ CAUDATA
AND
BATRACHIA APODA
IN
THE COLLECTION
OF THE
BRITISH MUSEUM. ““"
SECOND EDITION,
BY
GEORGE ALBERT BOULENGER.
LONDON: ;
PRINTED BY ORDER OF THE TRUSTEES.
1882.
PRINTED BY TAYLOR AND FRANCIS,
RED LION COURT, FLEET STREET.
7) 4 f
w\ Aw
PREFACE.
fue present volume completes the Second Edition of the Catalogue
of Batrachians, and if compared with the first edition (prepared by
my predecessor nearly thirty years ago) will afford another proof
that the collection in the British Museum has held pace with
the progress made by science in the intervening period.
Like the first volume of this edition, which was published at the
beginning of this year, it has been prepared by Mr. G. A. Boulenger,
who, in the meantime, has entered the permanent service of the
Trustees.
Our knowledge of the various forms of Tailed and Limbless
Batrachians may be considered to be as complete as that of any
other order of the Animal Kingdom: possibly Central Asia may
yield a certain number of additional species of Newts, and Tropical
Africa some hitherto unknown Cecilias; but we can hardly anti-
cipate that such new discoveried will be fundamentally distinct from
the forms with which we are acquainted at’ present, or lead to
modifications of the general results embodied in the summary of the
geographical distribution of the entire class of Batrachians which
accompanies this volume.
ALBERT GUNTHER,
Keeper of the Department of Zoology.
British Museum,
November 26, 1882.
ee oN
lt
INTRODUCTION.
Tus volume contains descriptions of, or references to, all the species
known at present of the Orders Caudata and Apoda.
The latest general accounts of these animals are contained in
J. E. Gray’s first edition of this Catalogue, published in 1850, and
in vol. ix. of Duméril and Bibron’s ‘ Erpétologie générale’ (1854).
The numbers of species enumerated in these two works were 63
and 58 respectively, which must be greatly reduced when we
omit synonyms. 101 species are described in the present work,
four fifths of which are known to the author from autoptical exami-
nation *, The number of species in the British-Museum collection
amounts to 78, and that of specimens to 1021. The number of
species in the collection in 1850 was 38.
The Apoda have been quite recently (1879) reinvestigated by
Professor Peters; he enumerates 31 species, of which 17 were
known to him from direct examination. Duméril and Bibron’s
(vol. viii. 1842) and Gray’s (1850) works contained descriptions of
8 and 9 species respectively. The present work contains diagnoses
of 32 species, 19 of which are represented in the national collection,
the number of specimens being 116. The collection contained only
’ 5 species in 1850.
* With the exception of five, the species of ‘Tailed Batrachians not examined
by the author have been described by American Herpetologists.
sal INTRODUCTION...
A summary of the principal facts of the geographical distribution
of Batrachians generally is appended to this volume.
The author begs to express his thanks to the following gentlemen
who have kindly placed at his disposal specimens from the collections
under their charge :—Professor Vaillant (Muséum d’Histoire natu-
relle, Paris), M. Dupont(Musée Royale d’Histoire naturelle, Brussels),
Dr. Boettger (of the Senckenberg Museum), Professor Schneider
(Zoologisches Museum, Breslau). M. Lataste, of Paris, has again
given him free access to his important private collection.
As far as possible, the colour is described from life. The measure-
ments are given from the largest specimen in the collection.
As in the preceding volume, the affixes to the names of donors
&e. may be explained as follows:—‘[P.|” signifies “ Presented
by”; “[C.]”=* Collected by”; “[E.]”=* Obtained by exchange.”
G. A. BOULENGER.
British Museum,
Noy. 25, 1882.
SYSTEMATIC INDEX,
Class BATRACHIA.
Order II. CAUDATA.
Fam. 1. SALAMANDRIDZ.
Subfam. A. Salamandrine.
Page
1. Salamandra, Zaur......... 3
v1. maculosa, Zaur......... 3
ENS 4
3. caucasica, Waga........ 5
2. Chioglossa, Bocage........ 5
1. lusitanica, Boc. ........ 5
Bemolge, Mer, ./ 000... kee 6
1. cristata, Daur.) 22... ..: 8
longipes, Strauch ...... 10
2. blasih « del’ Isle... 0... 10
3. marmorata, Latr. ...... 11
4. alpestris, Laur. ........ 12
5. vittata, Gray ........4. 13
Gy Valen Bese cc ass 14
7. palmata, Schn. ........ 16
8. montandonii, Blgr....... 17
9. bose, Lataste ........ oe
10. hogastra, Bote ......
11. nore BOY Sees sa tiec 20
12. torosa, E’schsch. ........ 20
18. viridescens, Raf......... 21
14, montana, Savi.......... 23
15. rusconii, Gené.......... 24
16, aspera, Duges ........ .. 24
17. poireti, Gerv. .......... 25
18. a enmuelleri, Zataste .. 26
19. waltlii, Michah. ........ 27
4, Salamandrina, Fitz. ...... 28
1. perspicillata, Savi ...... 28
5. Tylototriton, Anders. ...4.. 29
1. verrucosus, And......... 29
6. Pachytriton, Blgr. ........ 30
1. brevipes, Sawvg......... 30
Subfam. B. Amblystomatine.
7. Hynobius, Tschudi ........ 31
1. neevius, Schleg. ........ 32
2. nebulosus, Schleg. ...... 32
3. peropus, Blgr..... 0.2.6. 33
8. Salmandrella, Dyb......... 354
1. keyserlingii, Dyb. ...... 34
2. wosnessenskyi, Strauch .. 34
Page
“9. Onychodactylus, Tschudi .. 35
1, japonicus, Houtt. ...... 35
10. Ranidens, Kessler ........ 36
1. sibiricus, Kessl. ........ 36
11, Batrachyperus, Bigr. . 37
1. sinensis, Sauvg. ........ 37
12, Dicamptodon, Strauch .... 38
1. ensatus, Eschsch. ...... 38
13. Amblystoma, Tschudi .... 38
1. talpoideum, Holbr....... 40
2. opacum, Grravh. ........ 40
3, punctatum, Z........... 4]
4. conspersum, Cope ...... 42
5. bicolor, Hallow. ....:... 42
6. tigrinum, Green ........ 43
7. xiphias, Cope .......... 45
8. trisruptum, Cope........ 45
9. jeffersonianum, Gireen.... 46
10. persimile, Gray ........ 47
11. macrodactylum, Baird .. 48
12. paroticum, Baird ...... 48
13. aterrimum, Cope ........ 49
14. tenebrosum, B. § G..... 49
15, texanum, Matthes ...... 50
16, cingulatum, Cope ...... 50
17. microstomum, Cope . 50
brevicauda, Wied ...... 38
maculata, Wied ........ 58
melanoleuca, Wied ...... 38
Axolotes maculata, Owen*.. 51
Subfam. C. Plethodontine.
14. Anaides, Baird.......... 52
1. lugubris, Hallow. ...... 52
2. ferreus, Cope ...¢...... 53
15. Plethodon, Tschudi ...... 53
1. oregonensis, Gir......... 54
2. platensis, Espada ...... 55
3. croceater, Cope ........ 55
4, flavipunctatus, Strauch .. 55
5. glutinosus, Green ...... 56
6. intermedius, Baird...... 57
“ 7. erythronotus, Green . 57
16. Batrachoseps, Bonap. .... 58
1. scutatus, Schleg......... 59
2. pacificus, Cope.......... 59
3. nigriventris, Cope ...... 60
4, attenuatus, Eschsch. .... 60
Vill
Page
17, ‘Spelemes, RAS, eosin scissnee 60
wrk, Oak ec Me Aucnglasahacg 62
2. ? marginatus, Hallow..... 64
38, porphyriticus, Green .... 64
4. To ngicauda, Green ...... 64
5. guttolineatue, Holbr. .... 65
6. bilineatus, Green........ 66
7. multiplicatus, Cope...... 67
8. chiropterus, Cope........ 67
9. cephalicus, Cope........ 67
10. leprosus, Cope .......... 68
Li belhi Grays asics cess 68
12. fuscus, Bp. .........++. 69
33. short, Caney. os csa ss 70
14, adspersus, OPE. arose eee 70
15. rufescens, Cope ........ 71
16. altamazonicus, Cope .... 71
17. yucatanicus, Blgr. ...... 72
18. infuscatus, Pérs........- 72
19. variegatus, Gray........ 73
20. parvipes, Pirs .......% 74
21 tracts: Copei-ts:..2 . simaane 74
22. uniformis, Keferst..... Ae
haldemani, Holbr. ...... 60
18. Manculus, Cope.......... 75
1. quadridigitatus, Holbr. .. 75
2. remifer, Cope
Subfam. D. Desmognathine.
19. Desmognathus, Baird .... 77
1. ochrophseus, Cope ...... 77
2. fuscus, Raf...........:. af
~ 3. niger, CRIES ys coats:
20. Thorius, Cope............ 1
1. pennatulus, Cope........ 79
Fam. 2. AMPHIUMID®.
1. Megalobatrachus, Tschudi .. 80
1. maximus, Schley. ...... 80
2. oe tobranchus, Leuck. ... . 81
elaghaninca, Daud..... 81
" fuscus, Molen 55 as vicerne 82
3. Amphiuma, Gard. ........ 82
1. tridactyla, Cuv. ........ 82
D. preans; Gard, 0 st den ks 83
Fam. 3. PRoTEIDa.
i; Necturus, Rafe .....:5 <n eears 84
1. maculatus, Raf. ........ 84.
2. Proteus, Laur,............ 85
1. anguinus, Laur... ...... 85
SYSTEMATIC INDEX.
Page
Fam, 4. SrrENID.
1, ‘Bivens Figs cs aca eae 86
L.clacartina, Biss4.. os sae 87
2, Pseudobranchus, Gray .... 87
1. striatus, Leconte ...... 87
Order TI, APODA.
Fam. 1. Cascriimp a.
1, Ichthyophis, Fitz......... 89
1. glutinosus, Z. ....... . 89
2. monochrous, Blkr. .... 91
2. Uraeotyphlus, Bc Ee ee 91
1. oxyurus, D.§ B....... 92
2. malabaricus, Bedd. .... 92
3. africanus, Blgr......... 92
B.. Coacilia, L.,../svssieves acelin 93
1. tentaculata, Z. ........ 93
2. isthmica, Cope ........ 94
3. ochrocephala, Cope . 94
4. polyzona, Fisch. ...... 94
5. pachynema, Githr....... 95
6. gracilis, L..55 ..:.. 900 95
4, Hypogeophis, Ptrs. ...... 96
1. rostratus, Cuv. ........ 96
2. guentheri, Blgr. ...... 96
3. seraphini, Ad. Dum. .... 97
5. Dermophis, Pérs. ........ 97
1. mexicanus, D. § B..... 98
2. albiceps, Blgr. ........ 98
3. thomensis, Boc. ...... 98
4, Pbrasiliensis, R. &§ LZ. ., 99
5. Pproximus, Cope ...... 99
6. Psimus, Cope.......... 99
6. Gymnopis, Pérs. ........ 99
1, multiplicata, Pérs. 100
2. unicolor, A. Dum. 100
3. Poligozona, Cope ...... 100
7. Herpele, Pir’... .ceseeee 100
1. squalostoma, Stutchb. .. 101
8, Gegenophis, Pérs......... 101
1. carnosus, Bedd......... 101
9. Siphonops, Wagl. ........ 101
1. annulatus, Mik. ...... 102
10. Typhlonectes, Ptrs....... 102
1. compressicauda, D. §& B, 102
2. dorsalis, Pts. 103
3. a) Fisch. «5 .enae 103
onops s niremus Cope 103
ii. “Chthon tye 2. oe 104 .
1. indistinctum, 2. $ Ge
2. petersii, Blgr. s.... 05+ a
CATALOGUE
OF
BATRACHIA
CAUDATA ann APODA.
BATRACHIA.
Order II. CAUDATA.
In the perfect state, four (or two) limbs and a tail.
Synopsis of the Families and Subfamilies.
Fam. 1. Salamandrideg (p. 2). No gills in the perfect state;
maxillaries present; both jaws toothed; eyelids developed.
Subfam. A. SaraManDRInz (p. 2). Palatine teeth in two longitu-
dinal series, diverging behind, inserted on the inner margin
of two palatine processes, which are much prolonged poste-
riorly ; parasphenoid toothless; vertebrae opisthoccelian.
Subfam. B. AmpiystomatTinz (p. 31). Series of palatine teeth
transverse or posteriorly converging, inserted on the hinder
margin or posterior portion of the vomers; parasphenoid
toothless ; vertebree amphiccelian.
Subfam. C. Prermopontinz (p. 51). Series of palatine teeth
transverse, on posterior portion of vomers; dentigerous
plates on parasphenoid’; vertebre amphiccelian.
Subfam. D. Desmoenarninz (p. 76). Series of palatine teeth
transverse, on posterior portion of vomers; dentigerous
plates on parasphenoid; vertebre opisthoceelian.
B
Na
&
\s
2 SALAMANDRIDE.
Fam. 2. Amphiumide (p. 80). No gills in the perfect state ;
maxillaries present; both jaws toothed; vertebre amphi-
celian; no eyelids.
Fam. 3. Proteide (p. 83). External gills persistent throughout
life; maxillaries absent; intermaxillaries and mandible
toothed; vertebree amphiccelian ; no eyelids.
Fam. 4. Sirenide (p. 86). External gills persistent throughout
life; maxillaries absent; intermaxillaries and mandible
toothless ; vertebree amphicoelian ; no eyelids.
Fam. 1. SALAMANDRIDZ.
Salamandridax, Gray, Ann. Phil. 1825.
Salamandrina, 7'schudi, Classif. d. Batr.
Atrétodéres, part., Dum. § Bibr. Erp. Gén. ix.
Salamandrida, Strauch, Rev. d. Salam., in Mém. Ac. St. Pétersb. (7)
xvi. no. 4.
Subfam. A. SALAMANDRINA.
Salamandride, Gray, Cat. Batr. Grad.
Salamandridx, Seiranotide, Pleurodelidee, Tritonidse, Hallow. Journ.
Ac. Philad. (2) iii. 1858.
Seiranotidwe, Pleurodelidee, Salamandride, Gray, Proc. Zool. Soe.
1858.
Salamandrine, Cope, Proc. Ac. Philad. 1859,
Salamandride, Pleurodelide, Cope, Journ. Ac. Philad. (2) vi. 1866.
Salamandrida mecodonta, Strauch, 1. ¢.
Synopsis of the Genera.
I. Maxillary and pterygoid separate; latter not reaching qua-
drate.
No fronto-squamosal arch ; tongue adherent or slightly free behind ;
tail rounded ; toes five ............ 1. Salamandra, p. 3.
No fronto-squamosal arch; tongue, posterior half free; toes five.
2. Chioglossa, p. 5.
Fronto-squamosal arch present*, ligamentous or bony; tail com-
pressed ; toes five 2... .c.ssessae. 3. Molge, p. 6.
Fronto-squamosal arch bony; toes four.. 4. Salamandrina, p. 28.
II. Maxillary reaching quadrate ; pterygoid applied to maxillary.
Fronto-squamosal arch bony .......... 5. Tylototriton, p. 29.
III. Pterygoid united broadly with maxillary.
Fronto-squamosal arch ligamentous posteriorly; tongue, anterior
Derder {Peas 36%. ye ages bir wigs on 6. Pachytriton, p. 30.
* Except in Molge cristata.
1. SALAMANDRA. S
1. SALAMANDRA.
Salamandra, Laur. Syn. Rept. p. 41; Tschudi, Batr. p. 91; Gray
Cat. p. 16; Dum. & Bibr. ix. p. 49; Strauch, Salam. p. 28.
Exaeretus, Waga, Rev. Mag. Zool. (8) iv. 1876, p. 326.
Tongue rather large, suboval, free on the sides and slightly
behind. Palatine teeth in two curved series. No fronto-squamosal
arch. Toes five. Tail subcylindrical.
Europo-Asiatic Region, Western Subregion.
Synopsis of the Species.
Tail not quite as long as head and body; black
BV OIMINEE 6 5.05) we es wtiay Sa vie shee a 80 1. maculosa, p. 3.
Tail not quite as long as head and body; uni-
MM 615-2 do's Si toe vi od ae 3 od cars 2. atra, p. 4.
Tail longer than head and body ............ 3. caucasica, p. 5.
1. Salamandra maculosa.
Salamandra maculosa, Gray, Cat. p. 16.
Lacerta salamandra, Linn. S. N. i. p. 371; Sturm, Deutschl. Faun.
Salamandra maculosa, Laur. Syn. Rept. pp. 42, 151; Gravenh. Delic.
P. 75; Bonap. Faun. Ital.; Dugés, Ann. Sc. Nat. (3) xvii. p. 259;
um. § Bibr. p.52; De Betta, Mem. Ist. Venet. xi. p.515; Leydig,
Arch. f. Nat. 1867, p. 239; Strauch, Salam. p. 30; Fatio, Vert.
Suisse, iii. p. 491; De Betta, Faun. Ital., Rett. Anf. p. 78; Schreib.
Herp, Eur. p. 75; Lataste, Herp. Gir. p. 322.
— maculata, Merr. Tent. p. 185; Tschudi, Batr. p. 91.
terrestris, Latr, Hist. Salam. p. 32, pl. 1; Dowd. Rept. viii.
p- 221, pl. 97. f. 1.
—corsica, Savi, Nuov. Giorn. Tose. xxxvii. 1838, p. 208; Bonap.
Faun. Ital.; Duges, 1. c. p. 258; Dum. §& Bibr. p. 61; De Betta,
Mem. Ist. Venet. xi. p. 520.
Palatine series forming two elongate §-shaped figures, the branches
of which do not meet in front, and extend generally a good deal
beyond the line of the choanw; the shape of these series subject to
considerable individual variation. Head rather depressed, about as
broad as long, the greatest width at angles of jaws; snout rounded ;
nostril equally distant from the orbit and the tip of the snout; eye
large, prominent; no labial lobes. Body stout, rather depressed,
thrice and a third to four times the length of the head; no crest.
Limbs stout; fingers and toes short, depressed, free; carpal and
tarsal tubercles indistinct. Tail generally equal to the distance
from its base to the angle of the mouth. Vent a longitudinal slit,
the borders of which are never much swollen, but more so in the male
than in the female. Skin smooth, shining, porous above; a strong
gular fold; distinct parotoids pierced with large pores; a series of
large pores along each side of the vertebral line ; a lateral series of
large warts, and more or less distinct yertical costal grooves ; tail with
more or less distinct circular grooves. Black, with yellow markings.
B2
4 SALAMANDRID&.
dé. a0
Total length .......... 185 229 millim.
From snout to cloaca .... 102 ths SRS
RGB se ate e'd iraiaissinin nie te 23 PBs
Width of head.......... 21 25s
WOPe MIO ees. ew eins als 35 3 aes
BUM BD 6S sige cies oie ad 39 | 43 4,
ROS rch a eh nats ions oy 83 102° 73;
Central and South Europe; Algiers; Syria*.
a, 9. France.
b-c. 3. Portugal. P. B. Webb, Esq. [P.].
d-e, Ugr. Oporto. E, Allen, E tp.
5 ae Sierra de Legura, Spain. Lord Lilford [P.}.
g. ds Algiers.
h. 3. Sardinia. Prof. Bonelli [P.].
a. 3. Viterbo. J. J. Bianconi [P.].
k. os Hungary.
i, 9 Zebil Bulgar Dagh, Cilician ©. G. Danford, Esq.
Taurus (4000 feet). Py}
m. Many larve. Bred in Cambridge. F. Bond, Esq. [P.].
n. Many larve. Bred in the Zoological
Gardens, London.
o. Skeleton. Pyrenees.
p. Skeleton. Europe.
_ 2. Salamandra atra.
Salamandra nigra, Gray, Cat. p. 16.
Salamandra atra, Laur. Syn. Rept. pp. 42,149, pl. 1. f.2; Daud.
Rept. viii. p. 225; Merr. Tent. p. 184; Gravenh, Delic. p. 73;
Bonap. Faun. Ital.; Duges, Ann. Se. Nat. (3) xvii. p. 260; Dum.
& Bibr. p. 63; De Betta, Mem. Ist. Venet. xi. p.524; Leydig, Arch.
Jf. Naturg. 1867, p. 271; Fatio, Vert. Smisse, iii. p. 499; Schreib,
Herp, Eur. p. 72.
—— fusca, Laur. 1. c. p. 42.
Lacerta atra, Sturm, Deutschl. Faun.
Much like S. maculosa; the habit not quite so stout; palatine
series less strongly curved; parotoids and lateral glands more pro-
minent. Size smaller. Uniform black.
3. Q.
Total length .......... 110 113 millim.
From snout to cloaca .... 59 G2) gs
EO WR Pe, reed a 12 LB oe
Width of head.......... 11 dae bigs
Bore Tinh. * . sew sy 4s 19 21d
Find Limb sista s:e.s!\9,0:5.0 24 We
1 EPS = “ea 51 Gi ti
Alps (2500 to 10,000 feet).
a. 3. Tyrol. Milan Museum [E.},
b oO. Styria.
c. 2. —?, —-?
* Dr. Bottger informs me that he has recently received specimens from the
Lebanon.
a ee a ee ee ee ee,
1, SALAMANDRA,—2. CHIOGLOSSA. 5
3. Salamandra caucasica *.
Exaeretus caucasicus, Waga, Rev. Mag. Zool. 1876, p. 326.
Palatine series forming two §-shaped figures, the branches of
which do not meet in front, and extend a good deal beyond the line
of the choane. Head depressed, slightly longer than broad, the
greatest width at angles of jaws; snout rounded; nostrils equally
distant from the orbit and the tip of the snout; eye large, promi-
nent; no labial lobes. Body much elongate, four and a half times
the length of the head. Limbs weak; fingers and toes moderate,
depressed, free; the adpressed fore limb not quite reaching the
adpressed hind limb; carpal and tarsal tubercles indistinct. Tail
much longer than head and body. Vent asin S. maculosa, Skin
smooth, minutely tuberculated on the back; gular fold distinct (?) ;
parotoids distinct, elliptical ; no lateral warts ; thirteen costal grooves.
Black; upper surfaces with round yellow spots arranged rather
regularly in two longitudinal series on the back; beneath with a
few greyish dots.
Q.
RE TOD ak dice sk craw 0 Rees 154 millim.
From snout to cloaca............ hie ss
UG ae AN sd Wig & whee ar 1 aie
Meet OF HOR Ss i oieic ec nls wo oe 10 «4
RM IME tie oy gala alsa’ a's. 46'S. es6 4 Nee
CES SMES > SIG a as aan ar a aS
PRI oo sao Ee ect a 4 ao < area +s aaa
2. CHIOGLOSSA T.
Chioglossa, Bocage, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1864, p. 264, and Rev. Mag. Zool.
(2) xvi. p. 249; Strauch, Salam. p. 52.
Tongue large, oval, supported by a protractile median pedicle,
free everywhere except on the anterior half of the median line.
Palatine teeth in two curved series. No fronto-squamosal arch.
Toes five. Tail cylindrical at the base, compressed at the end,
Spain, Portugal.
1. Chioglossa lusitanica.
Chioglossa lusitanica, Bocage, il. cc., Proc. pl. xxi.; Bonnaret, Arch.
Cosmol. 1867, p. 99, pl. 9; Strauch, l.c.; Schreib, Herp. Eur. p. 64.
* Described from one specimen sent to the Paris Museum by Dr. Waga.
t Mr. Cope (Proc. Ac. Philad. 1865, p. 196) has identified this genus with
__ WNeurergus, Oope (ibid. 1862, p. 343); but nothing in the description of the
unique species VV. crocatus, Cope (the habitat of whica is not stated), justifies
this identification. I rather feel inclined to consider WN. crocatus closely
related to Molge montana, with which it agrees in the structure of the skull
(said to resemble that of M. marmorata), in the shape and attachment of the
tongue, the arrangement of the palatine teeth, the proportions of the limbs,
and the “ very broad tarsus.”
6 SALAMANDRIDE.
Palatine series forming two §-shaped figures, the branches of
which meet in front, on a line with the choanew. Head depressed,
longer than broad, its greatest width at posterior corners of eyes;
snout short, rounded; eyes rather large, prominent; no labial lobes.
Body slender, cylindrical, about four times as long as the head; no
dorsal crest: Limbs weak; the anterior limb adpressed does not
reach the adpressed hind limb ; fingers and toes moderately elongate,
depressed, free; no carpal nor tarsal tubercles. Tail cylindrical in
its anterior third, becoming gradually compressed ; no caudal crest;
in the young the length of the tail equals about that of head and
body, in the adult it equals once and two thirds or twice that
length. Vent a longitudinal slit, the borders of which are not
swollen. Skin smooth, shining; a strong gular fold extending on
each side of the neck and limiting behind the parotoids; a straight
fold from the eye to the latter fold; sides of trunk with ten or eleven
more or less distinct vertical grooves; a depressed vertebral line ;
vertical grooves on the sides of the tail. Dark brown, rather lighter
below ; two broad reddish-golden bands along the body, separated
by the dark vertebral line; these bands blend together on the pelvis
and continue on the tail.
Total lengtiitgs caw. s cpus oc sm 132 millim.,
From snout to cloaca............ 45 ,,
BiOnd ss eG ay Fe ne 84 4
Width of head eo. CS le 63 ,,
Fore. dint oars caus ates ee : i Mae
Hind aay oe so es 12h.
at ers 8 ov ops peels eee OF ica
Portugal ; N.W. Spain.
a-c. 9 & yg. Coimbra, Prof. Barboza du Bocage [P.].
d-e, 9 & yg. Corufia. Sr. Don V. L. Seoane ‘an
3. MOLGE.
Triton (non Linn.), Laur. Syn. Rept. p. 87; Tschudi, Batr. p. 95;
Gray, Cat. p.18; Dum. § Bibr, ix. p. 121; Strauch, Salam. p. 84.
Molge, Merrem, Tent. p. 185.
Triturus, Rafinesque, Ann, of Nature, 1820 ( fide Baird).
Diemyctylus, Rajin. 1. ¢.
N stophtuaiias Rafin. l.c.; Gray, Cat. p. 22.
Oiacurus, Leuckart, Isis, 1821, p. 260,
Pleurodeles, Michah. Isis, 1830, p. 195; Tschudi, 1. c. p. 91; Gray,
lc. p.17; Dum. § Bibr. p.71; Strauch, 1. e. p. 31.
Bradybates, Tschudi, 1. c. p.91; Gray, l.c. p. 26; Dum. §& Bibr.
p. 75; Strauch, l. ec, p. 82.
Cynops, Tschudi, l. c, p. 94; Gray, l.c. p. 24,
Megapterna, Savi, Nuov. Giorn. Tose. xxxvii. p. 211.
Euproctus, Gené, Syn. Rept. Sard. p. 94; Gray, Cat. p. 24; Dum. &
Bibr, p. 157. ‘a
Glossoliga, Bonap. Faun. Ital.
Pelonectes, Fitzing. Syst. Rept. i. p. 38 (name only).
Lissotriton, Bell, Brit, Rept. p. 182.
ge
Te ee a
3: words, t
Taricha, Gray, Cat. p. 25.
Lophinus (Ra/in.), d; ay, lc. p. 26.
Ommatotriton, Gray, . c. p. ob
Hemisalamandra, Dugés, Ann. Sc. Nat. (3) xvii. p. 256.
Hemitriton, Dugés, 1. c.
Calotriton, Gray, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1858, p. 189.
Pyronicia, Gray, 1. c. p. 140.
Triturus, Bouleng. Bull. Soc. Zool. France, 1878, p. 807.
Pelonectes (non Fitzing.), Lataste, Rev. Int. Sc. iit, 1879, p, 276.
Tongue free along the sides, adherent or more or less free behind.
Palatine teeth in two straight or slightly curved series. Fronto-
squamosal arch present (except in M. cristata), ligamentous or bony.
Toes five. ‘Tail compressed.
Europo-Asiatic and North-American Regions.
Synopsis of the Species.
I. Males with a dorsal crest.
A. Fronto-squamosal arch absent.
Dorsal crest toothed ; belly orange, black-
nS A Kip ace Wa sis > a0 Xe 1. cristata, p. 8.
B. Fronto-squamosal arch ligamentous.
Dorsal crest toothed ; belly orange, black-
RMN eee oes sche 's Salado aieyect nase * 2. blasiz, p. 10.
Dorsal crest not toothed; belly generally
dark, white-dotted................ 3. marmorata, p. 11.
Dorsal crest low, straight-edged ; belly
orange, immaculate .............. 4. alpestris, p. 12.
Dorsal crest festooned; toes of male lo-
bate; belly black-spotted .......... 6. vulgaris, p. 14.
_ C. Fronto-squamosal arch bony.
Dorsal crest high, not confluent with
caudal; a black lateral band........ 5. vittata, p. 13.
Dorsal crest low; taes of male webbed ;
miroat mignientiess’, 2... ek es 7. palmata, p. 16.
II. Males without dorsal crest.
A. Fronto-squamosal arch ligamentous.
Parotoids very distinct ; male with a fibu-
lar enlargement ...............-.. 14. montana, p. 23.
B. Fronto-squamosal arch bony.
1. Head not much depressed.
Head with three longitudinal grooves ;
male with a cutaneous fold on each
side of the back ; belly orange, imma-
eo aga. 5 aks sSalln whoo ay sasile srs ens 8. montandonii, p. 17.
8 SALAMANDRID&.
No cutaneous lateral fold ; lower surfaces
orange, black-spotted ............ 9. bosce, p. 18.
Parotoids generally very prominent ;
blackish above; carmine beneath,
Dlack-spotted 0/0 J 5iss sip'sis ast ean ys 10. pyrrhogastra, p. 19.
Loreal region nearly vertical; brown
above; bluish black beneath, with yel-
LOW (FOR) Spots 3385 deta ke ale es 11. sinensis, p. 20.
Head with three longitudinal grooves ;
three large pores on each side of the
head, behind the eyes ..........+. 13. viridescens, p. 21.
2. Head much depressed.
a. Palatine teeth commencing on a line with the choanz.
Vent-opening longitudinal; tongue at-
tached behind .)s.awieas cheesy aes 12. torosa, p. 20.
Cloaca conical, with circular opening;
male with a fibular spur .........- 15. rusconit, p. 24.
Cloaca conical in the female, globular in
the male, with circular opening; no
fibular:spur': ,..<)e eee eet vie aig 16. aspera, p. 24.
Vent-opening longitudinal; tongue free
behind; palatine teeth forming a f];
contour of lower law semicircular .. 17. potreti, p. 25.
Vent-opening longitudinal; tongue free
behind; palatine teeth forming a A;
contour of lower jaw semielliptical .. 18. hagenmuelleri, p. 26.
b. Palatine teeth commencing in front of the line of
the choane.
Ribs very long, ending in a sharp point,
which frequently perforates the skin.. 19. waltlii, p. 27.
1. Molge cristata.
Triton cristatus, Gray, Cat. p. 19.
Lacerta palustris, part., Linn. Faun. Suec, p. 281, and S, N. i. p. 370.
Triton cristatus, Laur. Syn. Rept. pp. 39, 146; Tschudi, Batr. p. 95;
Bonap. Faun. Ital.; Bell, Brit. Rept. p. 119: Dum. § Bibr, p. 181;
Del’ Isle, Ann. Sc. Nat. (4) xvii. p. 866; Leydig, Arch. f. Vong
1867, p. 176; Strauch, Salam. p.42 ; Fatio, Vert. Suisse, iii. p, 520;
Schreib. Herp, Eur. p. 48.
—— carnifex, Laur. 1, c. pp. 38, 145, pl. 2. f. 8; Bonap. 1. e.
Lacerta porosa, Retz. Faun. Suec. i. p. 288.
Salamandra cristata, Houttuyn, Verhand, Genootsch. Viissing. ix.
p-333, pl. —. f.4; Schnetd. Hist. Amph. p. 57; Latr. Hist, Salam,
p. 43, pl. 3. £3; Daud. Rept. viii. p. 288.
pruinata, Schneid. 1. c. p. 69.
—— carnifex, Schneid. 1.¢. p. 71.
Lacerta palustris, Sturm, Deutschl. Faun.
Triton palustris, Flem. Brit. An. p: 157 ; Jenyns, Brit. Vert. p. 303.
Molge palustris, Merr, Tent. p. 187; Gravenh. Delic. p. 85.
3. MOLGE. 9
Triton marmoratus, Bonap. 1. c.
—— bibronii, Bell, 1. c. p. 129.
Hemisalamandra cristata, Dugés, Ann. Sc, Nat. (3) xvii. p. 262.
Triton cristatus, var. icterica, Reichenb. Nov. Acta Ac, Leop.-Carol.
xxxii. 1865, pl. 1.
No fronto-squamosal arch; frontals without or with very indi-
stinct orbital processes. Palatine teeth in two nearly straight
parallel series, commencing on a line with the choana, or a little in
front of these; the series generally approximating in front, but
very seldom uniting. Tongue small, elliptic, the lateral borders
free. Head as long as broad, or a little longer; its length con-
tained about four times in the female, thrice and a fourth to thrice
and a half in the male, in the length of the body; the greatest
width of head at angles of jaws; snout rounded, very convex ;
labial lobes much developed during the breeding-season. Body
rounded ; a very high deeply-toothed dorsal crest in the breeding
male, commencing between the eyes, abruptly sinking on pelvic
region; a longitudinal groove in the female. Limbs moderate;
fingers and toes free, depressed, rather slender in the male, shorter
in the female ; two small carpal and tarsal tubercles, the inner fre-
quently indistinct. Tail as long as, or a little shorter than, head
and body, ending in a point, strongly compressed during the
breeding-season, and with an upper and lower crest, the former
being very high, and generally denticulated in the male. Skin
more or less strongly tuberculate above and beneath; head and
parotoid region with distinct pores ; a series of pores between axilla
and groin; a strong gular fold. Brown, blackish, or olive above,
with more or less distinct black spots; sides with white punctu-
lation; the breeding male’s head elegantly marbled with black and
white; female sometimes with a yellow vertebral line; orange
beneath, spotted or marbled with black; fingers and toes yellow,
with black annuli; breeding male with a silvery-white band along
the side of the tail; female with the lower edge of the tail orange,
immaculate.
3. 2.
Total length............ 130 145 millim.
From snout to cloaca .... 65 | ee
MORNE ne ucty bec" etdie a! « 14 1S =,
Width of head ........ 12 UE Fore
PRO MIN fecal eee wing s 25 2424 ,,
PERRO NN scsi Bin Gaede 27 1s ES
PN aes ih elke ves, na 8 eee 65 65
Great Britain, North and Central France, Belgium, Holland,
Switzerland, Sweden, Denmark, Germany, Austria, Greece, Turkey,
Russia eastwards to Transcaucasia.
a. 2, with gills. Suffolk. Dr. Woodward [P.].
b-c S. Near London. Dr. J. E. Gra tpt
d-e. 2 & yg. Bayswater. R, Latham, Esq. [P.].
Ft, g-1, k-m. Larve & yg. Cobham. Dr. W. E. Leac tet
10 BALAMANDRID&.
n.d. Wandsworth. Dr. W. E. Leach [P.].
0 &. Near Oldham. D. Dyson, Esq. -
: See Exeter. Dr. W. E. Leac E ote
g-s. 6, 2, & yg. Sweden. C. J. A. Thuden, Esq. [P.].
t-w, Larve. Hamburg.
Goi. Russia P
y. Skeleton. Scotland. Dr. Johnson.
z Skeleton. —-?
Var, karelinii.
Salamandra platycauda, Rusconi, Amours des Salam. p. 29, pls. 1, 2.
? Triton nycthemerus, Michah. Isis, 1830, p. 806.
Petraponia nigra, Massalongo, Ann. Sc. Nat. Bologna, vii. 1853, p. 5.
Triton cristatus, De Betta, Mem. Ist. Venet. xi. p. 534, and Faun. heat,
Rett. Anf. p. 85.
karelinii, Strauch, Salam, p. 42, pl. 1. f. 1.
—— cristatus, var. platycephalus, Fatio, Vert. Suisse, iii. p. 527.
Palatine series meeting in front, sometimes forming a A. Head
larger ; snout broader, more depressed. Body shorter (generally
15 presacral vertebre against 16 or 17 in . cristata typus). Upper
surfaces lighter, generally greenish ; a yellowish vertebral line con-
stant in the female.
3. Q.
Total length: gee «0084.0 112 136 millim.
From snout to cloaca .... 63 Tose
PEGA | wt eee are ie agi 15 Lo,
Width of head.......... 134 TA
ore (i eda oe. ic wr eee an 26 26." =,
PUBL TST toes aes Sig ee 29 rhs PR
WE cB ssos arena rem ieeaos 59 i a
It is not possible, as yet, to trace the geographical distribution
of this form. It is known from Italy, Dalmatia, and N.E. Persia;
and I have recently examined a specimen from Koutais, Caucasus,
in the Senckenberg Museum.
a, B-8. 3 Q. Italy. J. J. Bianconi [P.].
e-6. 3 QO. Turin. Prof. Bonelli [ ar
2 Lombardy. Milan mies me
K. é. (Agreeing perfectly with the figure given by Strauch), ——
As another variety of M. cristata must probably be considered :—
Triton Loneipss, Strauch, l.c. p. 44, pl. 1. f. 2.
Proportions and shape of head as in the preceding variety, but
the fingers and toes much elongate.
Astrabad, in the province Mazanderan, Persia.
2. Molge blasii.
Triton blasii, De l’Isle, Ann. Sc. Nat. (4) xvii. p. 8364; Schreib, Herp.
Eur. p. 46.
—— marmoratus, var. blasii, Strauch, Salam. p. 47.
3. MOLGE. 11
This form is intermediate between, and perhaps a hybrid of, M.
cristata and marmorata. Some specimens approach the former;
others (and such are those in the British Museum) are nearer the
latter.
Fronto-squamosal arch ligamentous ; frontals with orbital pro-
cesses. Palatine teeth forming a A. Proportions of head and
body intermediate between the two last-named species. Dorsal
crest high, toothed. Green above, spotted or marbled with brown ;
sides, and sometimes lower surfaces, with white punctulation ; female
generally with an orange vertebral line ; orange or brownish orange
beneath, spotted with black; breeding male with a silvery-white
band along the side of the tail.
3. Q.
moral length 26. bie. 140 156 millim.
From snout to cloaca .... 70 Toy
Eee ee ae 15 1b) oy
Width of head.......... 124 se ee
MO LAIN 2s Sea eae hoe 27 25°,
CSR Se a 30 26,
1 Es: Re La 70 eer
N.W. France.
4 ab. SQ. Bretagne. Paris Museum [E.],
3. Molge marmorata.
Triton marmoratus, Gray, Cat. p. 20.
? Triton gesneri, Laur. Syn. Rept. p. 38; Schneid. Hist. Amph. 3 19.
q Salamandra marmorata, Latr. Hist. Salam. p. 33, pl. 3. f. 2; Daud.
4 Rept. viii. p. 241. ;
4 Hemisalamandra marmorata, Dugés, Ann. Sc. Nat. (3) xvii. p. 261.
a Triton marmoratus, Dum. § Bibr. p. 135, pl. 106. f. 1; De UIsie,
4 Ann. Se, Nat. (4) xvii. p. 864; Strauch, Salam. p. 46; Fatio, Vert.
J Suisse, iii. p. 532; Schretb. Herp. Eur. p. 43; Lataste, Herp. Gir.
3 p. 331
Pyronicia marmorata, Gray, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1858, p. 137.
Fronto-squamosal arch ligamentous ; frontals with distinct orbital
processes. Palatine teeth in two series converging towards front,
forming a A, commencing on a line with the choane. Tongue
small, elliptic, free along the sides. Head about as long as broad:
its length contained about thrice in the male, about thrice and a
half in the female, in the length of the body; the greatest width of
head at eyes; snout broad, rounded, depressed ; labial lobes well
developed during the breeding-season. Body rounded; breeding
male with an elevated straight-edged dorsal crest abruptly sinking
on pelvic region; a longitudinal groove in the female. Limbs
moderate ; fingers and toes free, depressed, rather slender in the
male, shorter in the female ; carpal and tarsal tubercles very indi-
stinct. Tail as long as, or a little longer than, head and body, ending
in a point, strongly compressed during the breeding-season, and
12 SALAMANDRIDZ.
with an upper and lower crest. Skin more or less strongly tuber-
culate above and beneath; head and parotoid region with distinet
pores; a series of pores between axilla and groin; a strong gular
fold. Green above, marbled with black; dorsal and upper caudal
crest with vertical, alternately black and white bars; female with
an orange vertebral line; a silvery-white band along the side of the
tail, most distinct in the breeding male; fingers and toes green, with
black annuli; lower surfaces brown or greyish, with more or less
distinct darker spots, punctulated with white. (This punctulation
is absent in specimen 7, the lower surfaces being beautifully black-
and-white marbled.)
d. oO.
Total length .......... 131 133 millim.
From snout to cloaca .... 62 63... &
SI GAG. 4 Zee Steere oh os 15 15:
Width of head.......... 143 Lie.
FOre HID). oo ow eee 28 yaa
Hind Timbo’, .sses Gece 29 eo eae
fT A. CATA 69 65,
France, Spain, Portugal.
a-b. g. Fontainebleau. G. A. Boulenger, Esq. [P.].
c-d,e. 9. Nantes.
Doe fk Montpellier.
g-h. 3. Park in Palace-grounds 4H. O. Forbes, Esq. [P.].
of Quiluz.
ic Oporto.
k-l. 9 & yg. Oporto. Col. Owen, K.C.A. [P.].
m. 2. Oporto. E. Allen, Esq. [P.}.
4. Molge alpestris.
Triton ? alpestris, Gray, Cat. p. 21.
Triton alpestris, Laur. Syn. Rept. pp. 38, 142, pl. 2. f. 4; Sturm,
Deutschl. Faun. ; Tschudi, Batr. p. 95 ; Bonap. Faun. Ital.; Dum. &
Bibr. p. 146 ; De Betta, Mem. Ist. Venet. xi. p. 540; Fatio, Bibl.
Univ. f6a, p: 275 ; Leydig, Arch. f. Naturg. 1868, p. 198 ; Strauch,
Salam. p.49 ; Fatio, Vert. Suisse, ili. p. 541, pl. 3; De Betta, Faun.
Ital., Rett. Anf. p. 87 ; Schreib. Herp. Eur. p. 38.
wurfbainii, Laur. 1. c. p. 38.
—— salamandroides, Laurei.e. p. 40.
Salamandra cincta, Latr. Salam. p. 52, pl. 5. f. 5 ; Daud. Rept. viii.
. 259.
: rubriventris, Daud. l. e. p. 239, pl. 98. f. 1.
—— alpestris, Bechst., Lacép. ii. p. 260; Schneid. Hist. Amph.
AL
a ignea, Bechst. 1. c. p. 263.
Molge ignea, Merr. Tent. p. 186; Gravenh. Delic, p. 81.
alpestris, Merr. 1. ¢. p- 187.
Triton apuanus, Bonap. Faun. Ital.
Hemitriton alpestris, Dugés, Ann, Sc. Nat. (8) xvii. p. 263.
Fronto-squamosal arch ligamentous ; frontals with distinct orbital
3. MOLGE. 13
processes. Palatine teeth in two series convergent towards front,
forming a A, commencing on a line with the choane. Tongue
small, subcircular, the sides free. Head a little longer than broad ;
its length contained about thrice in the male, about thrice and a
half in the female, in the length of the body ; the greatest width of
head at eyes; snout broad, rounded ; breeding male with a low
straight-edged dorsal crest, which is not interrupted on the pelvic
region. Limbs moderate; fingers and toes free, depressed, short,
searcely longer in the male than in the female; two small carpal
and tarsal tubercles. Tail as long as, or a little shorter than,
head and body, ending in a point, strongly compressed during the
breeding-season, and with an upper and lower crest. Skin more or
less distinctly tuberculate on upper surfaces, smooth beneath ; head
and parotoid region with distinct pores; a distinct gular fold.
Upper parts brown, blackish, greyish, or purplish, uniform or
marbled with darker ; a lateral series of small black spots on whitish
ground, this being bordered inferiorly in the breeding male by a
sky-blue band; dorsal and caudal crests white, with round black
spots ; fingers and toes with black annuli; belly orange or red,
immaculate; throat frequently black-dotted ; the lower edge of the
female’s tail orange, with round black spots.
d- g.
WO TOME oe aes 3s 83 104 millim.
From snout to cloaca .... 43 ba:
ot eee Segal reais 102 Ti
Width of head .......... oe 10.
| ek. 1 a ang bf | ,
PE ON ys Sie vos oie se = 17 Dee 5,
EAE he lee MUd tino 40 ay
North and Central France, Belgium, Holland, Germany, Switzer-
land, Austria, North Italy.
a-b. 9. Belgium. Dr. A. Giinther [P.].
e,d-e. g Q. Alps.
-h. 3. Federn See, 8. Germany. Dr. A. Giinther Le
+k. dg, with gills, | Lombardy. Milan Museum [E.].
5. Molge vittata.
Ommatotriton vittatus, Gray, Cat. p. 29.
Triton vittatus (Gray), Jenyns, Brit. Vert. p. 305; Guérin, Icon.
R. A. p. 17, pl. 28. £.2; Duges, Ann, Se. Nat. (3) xvii. p. 271;
Dum. §& Bibr. p. 144; Strauch, Salam. P: 50; Schreib. Herp. Eur.
p. 85; Lataste, Bull. Soc. Zool. France, 1877, p. 359.
Lissotriton palmipes, var., Bell, Brit. Rept. p. 140.
—— punctatus, var., Bell, J. c. 2nd edit. p. 151.
Triton ophryticus, Berthold, Gotting. Nachr. 1846, p. 189; Strauch,
lc. p. fi i. f. 3; Steindachn, Verh. zool.-bot. Ges. Wien, xxiv.
1874, p. 480.
Ommatotriton vittatus, Cooke, Our Reptiles, p. 169, pl. 10.
14 SALAMANDRID®.
Fronto-squamosal arch bony. Palatine teeth in two series, in
contact in their anterior third, diverging posteriorly, commencing
on a line with the choanew. Tongue small, subcircular, sides and
posterior margin free. Head a little longer than broad, its length
contained about thrice and a half in the length of the body; the
greatest width of head at angles of mouth; snout rounded; labial
lobes well developed during the breeding-season. Body rounded;
breeding male with an elevated, slightly toothed dorsal crest abruptly
sinking on pelvic region; a slight vertebral ridge in the female.
Limbs moderate; fingers and toes moderate, latter webbed at the
base in the breeding male ; tarsal tubercles two, sometimes indistinct.
Tail a little longer than head and body, ending in a point, strongly
compressed during the breeding-season, and with an upper and lower
crest. Skin smooth or minutely tuberculate; head and parotoid
region with distinct pores; no gular fold. Grey or brown above,
closely black-spotted ; dorsal crest with vertical black bars, alter-
nately broader and narrower; side of body and tail with a white,
black-edged band; throat black-dotted; belly immaculate,
3. Q.
Total length .......... 111 104 millim.
From snout to cloaca.... 51 oy ketal
Head oom e ie «Wien 11 i Ca
Width of head ........ 93 1D +,
Fore UMD ea kine citescds 18 jb Ama
Hond Teh Fie's cas ae 20 16) 33
Vat oats > 5. aeleu 60 OS 5-4
Asia Minor, Syria.
a-c. dQ. —-? Dr, J. E. Gray [P.]. (Types.
d-f. 3 & yg. Asia Minor, vel ie:
6. Molge vulgaris.
Lophinus punctatus, Gray, Cat. p. 27.
Lacerta vulgaris, Linn. Faun. Suec. p. 281, and S. N. i. p. 370.
—— palustris, oaks , Linn. ll. ce.
—— aquatica, Linn. ll. ce.
Triton palustris, Laur. Syn. Rept. pp. 39, 145, pl. 4. f. 2.
—— parisinus, Laur. l.c. p.40; Tourneville, Bull. Soc. Zool. France,
1879, p. 74.
Salamandra exigua, Laur. l. c. pp. 41, 148, pl. 3. f. 4.
teeniata, Schneid. Hist. Amph. p. 58.
abdominalis, Latr. Hist. Salam. p. 50, pl. 5. £.4; Daud. Rept.
viii. p. 250.
punctata, Latr. 1. c. p. 53, pl. 6. £.6; Daud. 1. c. p. 257.
Lacerta teeniata, Sturm, Peutsodl Faun.
Molge punctata, Merr. Tent. p. 186.
Triton abdominalis, Bibr. in Bory, Expéd. Moreée, iii. pl. 15. f. 4, 5.
Molge téeniata, Gravenh. Delic. p. 76, pl. 11 & pl 12. f. 1, 2.
Salamandra vulgaris, Gray, Griff. A. ra ix. Syn. p. 106.
Triton vulgaris, Flem. Brit. Ani. p. 158.
lobatus (Otth), Tschudi, Batr. p. 95; Fatio, Vert. Suisse, iii.
p- 557, pl, 4.
3. MOLGE. 15
Triton punctatus, Bonap. Faun. Ital.; Jenyns, Brit. Vert. Ps 304;
Sélys, Faun. Belg. p. 182, pl. 5. f.2; Duges, Ann. Se, Nat. (3)
xvu. p. 269; Dum. & Bibr. p. 141.
—— exiguus, Bonap. l. ¢.
Lissotriton punctatus, Bell, Brit. Rept. p. 132, and 2nd edit. p. 143.
—— palmipes, Bell, l. c. p. 139.
-Pyronicia punctata, Gray, Proc. Zool. Soc, 1858, p. 137.
Triton teeniatus, Leydig, Arch. f. Naturg. 1868, p. 212; Strauch,
Salam. p. 49; Schreib. Herp. Eur. p. 24.
____ Fronto-squamosal arch ligamentous ; frontals with distinct orbital
_ processes. Palatine teeth in two series, parallel, and in contact in
_ their anterior half, diverging behind, thus forming a A-shaped figure ;
_ these series commencing on a line with the choane. Tongue small,
elliptical, free along the sides. Head longer than broad, its length
_ contained about thrice in the length of the body, the greatest width
_ at posterior corners of eyes; three distinct longitudinal grooves on
_ the head; snout rather elongate, rounded or subconical and truncate ;
labial lobes well developed during the breeding-season, most so in
the female. Body rounded; breeding male with an elevated, fes-
tooned dorsal crest, commencing on the occiput and not interrupted
_ on the pelvic region; female with a dorsal ridge, or very low,
straight-edged crest confluent with the caudal. Limbs moderate ;
_ fingers and toes depressed, shorter in the female; during the breed-
ing-season the toes of the male lobate; two small carpal and tarsal
tubercles, less distinct in the male. Tail a little longer than head
_and body, strongly compressed during the breeding-season, ending
in a point, with an upper and lower crest; in the male, the latter
festooned like the dorsal crest. Skin smooth, or nearly so; head
with distinct series of pores; gular fold absent, or very feebly
marked. Upper parts brown or olive, with darker spots; these are
large and rounded in the male, small and sometimes confluent into
a lateral band in the female and young; head with five longitudinal
dark streaks, most distinct in the male; lower surfaces yellowish,
with a median orange or reddish zone, and large round black spots
in the male or small black dots in the female, the latter frequently
confluent into a line along each side of the belly; lower edge of the
tail uniform orange in the female, red bordered above with blue
and interrupted by vertical black spots in the male.
é- 2.
otal lengths «oss. s 4s - 83 83 millim.
From snout to cloaca .... 40 eh Meee
OS Ae ee eee 93 ex sp
Width of head.......... 7 yee
MIA res cae yc aise “143 1S an
(LOS 9g 7 Ca a 16 TON 5
gga i arg eS 43 43,
Europe, with exception of S. France, Spain, and Portugal; Tem-
perate Asia.
16 SALAMANDRID&.
a,b. 3 Q. Scotland. Dr. Johnson [ P.}.
e, d-g,h-n. 3, 9, & yg. Near London. ;
o. Several larvee. Cobham.
p-s, tv. 3Q. Wandsworth. Dr. Leach [P.}.
w-z. 3. Bridgewater.
a-6. Yg. Falmouth.
e, (-0. 3 & yg. Sweden. C. J. A. Thuden, Esq.
P.1.
t~x, A. Several spec, d 9. Hamburg. UF]
pe od. Near Sarpsbourg. | — Lowndes, Esq. [P.].
v-&. SQ. Lombardy. Milan Museum [E.].
0. o. China. A. Adams, Esq. [C.].
a-o. Skeletons. —?
Var. meridionalis.
Salamandra exigua, Rusconi, Amours des Salam. p. 28, pl. 1.
Triton palmatus, Bonap. Faun. Ital.
—-— lobatus, Bonap. /.c.
punctatus, De Betta, Mem. Ist. Venet. xi. p. 546, pl. 25.
—— teniatus, De Betta, Faun. Ital., Rett. Anf. p. 89.
—— teniatus, var., Schreib. Herp. Eur. p. 26.
—— paradoxus (non Razoum.), Bedriaga, Bull. Mose, 1881, p. 287.
Smaller; the body of the male subquadrangular; dorsal crest
lower; tail generally ending in a filament; spots smaller. Its
physiognomy is similar to that of M. palmata.
North Italy and neighbouring parts of Austria; Greece.
t-. dQ. Turin. Prof. Bonelli [P.].
x-aa. do. Gorz. G. A. Boulenger, Esq. [P.].
7. Molge palmata.
Lophinus palmatus, Gray, Cat. p. 28.
Lacerta eg seu helvetica, Razoum. Hist. Nat. Jorat. i. p. 3,
1. 2. f. 5.
Salamandra palmata, Schneid. Hist. Amph. p. 72.
palmipes, Latr. Hist. Salam. p. 55, pl. 6. £.7; Daud. Rept. viii.
p. 253, pl. 98. f. 2.
Molge palmata, Merv. Tent. k; 186.
Triton palmatus, Tschudi, Batr. p.95; Sélys, Faun, Belg. p. 182,
pl. 5. f.1; Duges, Ann. Sc, Nat. (3) xvii. p. 270; Dum. §& Bibr.
p- rote Fatio, Vert. Suisse, iii. p. 570, pl. 4; Lataste, Herp. Gir.
. 339.
ieapteiton palmipes, Bell, Brit. Rept. 2nd edit. p. 154.
Triton helveticus, Leydig, Arch. f. Naturg. 1868, p. 220; Strauch,
Salam. p. 50; Schreib, Herp. Eur. Bs 31; Briiggemann, Arch. f.
Naturg. 1876, p. 19; Tourneville, Bull. Soc. Zool. France, 1879,
p. 74.
Fronto-squamosal arch bony. Vomerine teeth in two posteriorly
diverging series, forming a A- or A-shaped figure; these series
commencing on a line with the choane. Tongue as in MV. vulgaris.
Head as in the latter species, but the snout broader; length of head
contained about twice and two thirds in the male, thrice in the
3. MOLGE. 17
_ female, in the length of the body. Body quadrangular in the breed-
_ ing male, a more or less developed cutaneous fold bordering each
_ side; a low, entire, vertebral crest ; in the female, the body is nearly
_ round, with a low vertebral ridge, as in M. vulgaris. Limbs mode-
_ rate; fingers and toes depressed, the latter fully webbed in the
breeding male; two small carpal and tarsal tubercles. Tail a little
___ longer than head and body, strongly compressed during the breeding-
_ season, and with an upper and lower crest; the male’s tail truncate
and ending in a filament; this filament scarcely distinct in the
female. Skin smooth, or nearly so; head with distinct series of
_ pores; gular fold generally distinct. Upper parts brown or olive,
_ with small darker spots; head with longitudinal dark streaks, the
outer (those passing through the eyes) being constant; in the male,
_ the head is minutely speckled with dark brown, and the dorsal and
_ upper caudal crest and feet are blackish ; lower surfaces not coloured,
_ except the median zone of the belly, which is orange; a few small
blackish dots are generally scattered on the belly; inferior caudal
_ erest immaculate, orange in the female, bluish grey in the male; a
Series of spots, sometimes confluent, along the upper and lower
border of the tail.
dé. ?
botal length seins sos. 72 76 millim.
From snout to cloaca .... 32 Sey as
PHM stn Gee Wl whee ee 9 ha
Width of head .......... 7i ee
POG DM ee kee 15 133 ,,
CST ae a ore 15 2 ts oe
EN ars eee ee ei A 6 aie 40 SO | ays
Great Britain, France, Belgium, Holland, Switzerland, West
_ Germany, North Spain.
a. 9. Scotland. Dr. Johnson [P.].
be. SQ. Nottingham. W. Higginbottom, Esq. [P.].
d. Several spec., 9. Near Hereford. W.H. Holdsworth, Esq. [P.].
e. Several spec., ¢ 2. Bridgewater. Mr. Baker [P.].
74. 3. Bridgewater.
ko. Falmouth. — Cocks, Esq. [ P.].
-o. SQ. Near Brussels. G. A. Boulenger, Esq. [P.].
8. Molge montandonii.
- Triton montandoni, Bowleng. Bull. Soc. Zool. France, 1880, pp. 37,
157, pl. 7.
____ Fronto-squamosal arch bony. Palatine teeth in two posteriorly
_ diverging series, forming a A-shaped figure; these series com-
-mencing on a line with the choane. Tongue moderate, oval, free
along the sides. Head a little longer than broad, with three distinct
_ longitudinal grooves, its length contained about thrice in the length
_ of the body, the greatest width at posterior corners of eyes; snout
_ rounded; labial lobes well developed during the breeding-season.
Nae Cc
18 SALAMANDRIDZ.
Body quadrangular in the male, a well-developed cutaneous 1
bordering each side; no dorsal crest; in the female, the body nee
round. Limbs moderate; fingers and toes depressed, free; cal
and tarsal tubercles distinct. Tail strongly compressed during
breeding-season, and with an upper and lower crest, as long as «
little shorter than head and body; in the male it ends in a 1
ment. Skin smooth or rather warty above, smooth beneath; h
with distinct series of pores ; a distinct gular fold. Olive or browr
above, variegated with darker; the vertebral line generally ligl
in the female; in the male, the head is minutely speckled y
blackish, and the feet are black; lower surfaces orange, immacule
lower caudal edge orange, with black vertical spots in the male.
3. Q.
Total length............ 76 85 millim.
From snout to cloaca .... 38 43 ,,
BTR hs et caeeeaee 9 10a es
Width of head .......... 8 oueae
Fore limbgins i; s,s ateuts 15 LT “Ge
Hind lint... 2 oeo 15 16s
Tail, Gaeee Cae. « sae... 38 42° 5,
Moldavia.
a-c, d-f. 3 9. Moldavia. G. A. Boulenger, Esq. [
9. Molge bosce.
Pelonectes boscai, Lataste, Rev. Intern. Sc. iii. 1879, p. 275; Tou
ville, Bull. Soc. Zool. France, 1879, p. 72, pl. 7. |
Triton palmatus, var. boscai, Boettger, Zeitschr. ges. Naturw. (8
p- 516.
—— maltzani, Boetiger, l. ¢. p. 521*.
Fronto-squamosal arch bony, thick. Palatine teeth in two po
riorly diverging series, forming a A-shaped figure; these se
commencing on a line with the choane. Tongue moderate, s
circular, free along the sides and more or less behind. Hea
little longer than broad, with a single longitudinal groove,
length contained about thrice in the length of the body;
greatest width at anterior corners of eyes; latter prominent; 81
broad, truncate; labial lobes much developed. Body subquad:
gular in the breeding male, nearly round in the female; no de
crest. Limbs moderate; fingers and toes depressed, free; ca
and tarsal tubercles distinct. Tail strongly compressed during
breeding-season, with an upper and lower crest, as long as ¢
little longer than head and body; in the male the tail ends rai
abruptly, and is shortly mucronate. Cloaca of male a longitud
* Having, through the kindness of my friend Dr. O. Boettger, examine
type specimen (a young 4) in the Senckenberg Museum, I am able to—
that that species is the same as M. bosce. The larger tongue is a characts
immaturity, which I have frequently noticed in other species of this genus.
3. MOLGE. 19
cleft, with strongly swollen lips, as in VM. vulgaris, that of the
_ female subconical, directed backwards, with circular opening. Skin
smooth or slightly granulate above; head with distinct series of
_ pores; parotoid region thickened ; a distinct gular fold. Brown or
olive above, with irregular darker spots; no longitudinal dark
_ streaks on the head; lower surfaces orange, with scattered round
black spots; lower edge of tail yellow, with black spots in the male,
- immaculate in the female.
3. Q.
z Meer ieneth se ke 68 7 millim.
a. From snout to cloaca .... 31 BO.
Lt eS RR SI aes ee 9 ED Pilg
"uranth Of head .......... 4 ane
I sco, Ue oes, 133 fs sealer
TED Sc posta erg ess 14 . ts BO
| RS aR ee Sy eres 37 ieee
Spain, Portugal.
a. Several spec., 5 2. Corufia. G. A. Boulenger, Esq. [P.].
«bd. 3,9, & yg. Oporto. K. Allen, Esq. [P.].
10. Molge pyrrhogastra.
Cynops pyrrhogaster, Gray, Cat. p. 25.
Molge pyrrhogastra, Bote, Js’s, 1826, p. 215.
Salamandra subcristata, Schleg. Faun. Japon., Amph. p. 125, pl. iv.
Fae f, 1-8, and pl. v. f. 7, 8, and Abbild. p. 122, pl. 40. f. 1-3.
ie Cynops subcristatus, Tschudi, Batr. p. 94.
oy Triton subcristatus, Dum. § Bibr. p. 140.
—— pyrrhogaster, Strauch, Salam. p. 51; Bouleng. Bull. Soc. Zool.
France, 1880, p. 39.
Fronto-squamosal arch bony, thick. Palatine teeth forming a
A or a A, commencing on a line with the choane. Tongue small,
subelliptical, the sides slightly free. Head a little longer than
broad, without grooves, its length contained thrice to thrice and a
half in the length of the body; snout subtruncate; cheeks widening
suddenly ; eyes prominent; labial lobes much developed. Body
subquadrangular in the male, nearly round in the female; no dorsal
crest; a prominent vertebral ridge in both sexes, produced by the
___ great development of the spinous processes of the dorsal vertebre.
_ Limbs moderate ; fingers and toes depressed, free; carpal and tarsal
tubercles generally distinct. Tail strongly compressed during the
__ breeding-season, sword-shaped, and frequently shortly mucronate in
the male, with an upper and lower crest; its length exceeding
generally that of head and body. Cloaca as in M. vulgaris. Skin
___ generally strongly tuberculate above and beneath, sometimes smooth ;
' parotoids distinct, more or less developed, generally much so; a
_ similar, small, circular gland is generally visible on each side of the
_ throat; a distinct gular fold. Dark olive or blackish above; lower
surfaces carmine, spotted with black; lower edge of tail uniform
carmine, this bright colour vanishing in the breeding male.
C2
20 SALAMANDRID®,
d. 23
Total length ..........5% 93 111 millim.
From snout to cloaca .... 46 BS) <
SOA a eA eke cles 1 123
Width of head .......... 93 103 ,,
MOPOTUND tee dc oe ees 18 19° ox,
Hind Timbice coe ees 20 20
LA Sees ee ee A abe eh gt a 47 BS)
Japan, China.
a-b. ¢. Northern parts of Niphon.
c-e. d. Nagasaki. Prof. St. George Mivart [
~h. 6 Q. Nagasali. Mr. Whitely [C.].
7-1. 6 Q. Japan. Leyden Museum.
m. 3. Kiukiang Mountains, China. Mr. C. Maries [C.].
11. Molge sinensis.
Cynops chinensis, Gray, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1859, p, 229, pl. 19. 1
Giinth. Rept. Brit. Ind. p. 489.
Triton chinensis, Strauch, Salam. p. 51.
Closely allied to the preceding species; differs in the folloy
characters :—Head widening more gradually; canthus rosti
strongly marked ; loreal region nearly vertical; snout of male \
long. Sides of body with very prominent conical tubercles; p:
toids very small; gular fold very strong. Tail table-knife-she
in both sexes. Upper parts uniform brown; lower parts bli
black, with small irregular yellow (red?) spots; lower edge of
uniform yellow in the female, with yellow spots in the male; la
with a broad bluish band along the posterior two thirds of the t
3. 2.
Total length .....5..4. 131 142 millim.
From snout to cloaca .... 60 66,
BGK Oa danas eae % 16 LG igs
Width of head. ........ 13 1b Ase
Fote Limb) aie sas 23 De ne
Bind tind) 2s jaws 22 24. yy
SEALs fei chew ch eae cms Mass 7 16 ngs
China.
a-b. SQ. N.E. coast of China, inland Mr. Fortune |
of Ningpo. (Types.)
12. Molge torosa.
Taricha torosa, Gray, Cat. p. 25,
Triton torosus, Eschsch, Zool. Atlas, p. ib pl. 21. f. 15; Stre
Salam. p. 50.
Salamandra beecheyi, Gray in Griff. A. K. i, p. 107, and .
Beechey’s Voy. pl. 31. f. 3.
3. MOLGE. 21
. Triton ermani, Wiegm. in Erman’s Reise wm die Erde, p. 24.
_ Salamandra (Triton) granulosa, Shilton, Amer. Journ. (2) — > 202.
Not us torosus, Baird, Journ. ‘Ac. Philad. (2) i.
i levis, Baird § Gir. Proc. Ac. Philad. 1853. p “ton
ee cross, Girard, U.S, Expl. Exped., Herp. p. 5, Hy 1. £1-8
_ Triton levis, Strauch, le
Diemyctylus torosus, "Cope, Bull. U.S, Nat. Mus. i. p. 28.
: o-squamosal arch bony, thick. Palatine teeth in two poste-
erging series, forming a A-shaped figure; these series
2 on a line with the choane. Tongue moderate, sub-
sides free. Head depressed, about as long as broad, its
contained about thrice in the length of the body; the greatest —
at angles of jaws; snout rounded ; labial lobes well developed
the breeding-season. Body rounded, crestless.. Limbs mode-
the female, very strong in the male; fingers and toes short,
h depressed, free; carpal and tarsal tubercles indistinct. Tail
agly compressed, with very low upper and lower crest, its end
ely pointed, considerably longer than head and body. Cloaca
M. vulgaris. Skin generally granular above and beneath,
a8 s smooth Piss. h); head with series of pores ; poretoiis
3. Le
0G CNS | 156 159 millim.
From snout to cloaca .... 67 2 ee
EO eae 16 uy eae
wey) Width of head.......... 15 th eS
MAINT. Siac ce clees ac 30 24 ”
OS 2 ee ra 30 EN ie 5g
_ ses Gos os xo neke ns» 89 DOs ge
us Western North America.
oe California.
“ & skeleton. Nassa valley. Mr. Gruber [C.].
Her. Chilukiveyuk River. N. A. Boundary Commission.
og. 5 2. Fraser’s River. . H.M.S. ‘ Plumper’ [C. a
; Vancouver Island. _—Lieut.-Col. Hawkins [C.].
3Q. aE Prof. St. George Mivart [P.].
—-?
13. Molge viridescens.
Notophthalmus miniatus, Gray, Cat. p. 22.
ee Notophthalmus viridescens, Gray, /. c. p. 28.
‘Triturus Diemyeryh yiridescens, Rujin. Annals of Nature, 1820,
no, 22 [not seen by the writer]
_ —— (Notophthalmus) miniatus, Rafin. 1. ¢, no, 24.
_ Salamandra stellio, Say, Amer. Joarn. i. p. 264.
_ —- dorsalis, Harlan, Journ. Ac. Philad. v. p.101; Wired, Nova Acta
Leop.- Carol. xxxii. p. 181.
_ ——symmetrica, Harlan, lc. p. 157; Hollr. N. Amer. Herp. v.
22 SALAMANDRIDH,
. 57, ‘ xvii.; Dekay, N. Y. Faun., Rept. p. 73, pl. xv. f. 33
ied, 1. c. p. 125.
Salamandra millepunctata, Storer, Bost. Journ. N. H. ii. p. 60,
—— greenii, Gray, Griff. A. K. ix. Syn. p. 107.
Triton dorsalis, Holbr. l. c. p. 77, pl. xxv.; Dum. § Bibr. p. 155.
millepunctatus, Dekay, l. c. p. 84, pl. xv. f. 34.
Notopthalmus miniatus, Baird, Jow'n. Ac. Philad. (2) i. p. 284.
viridescens, Baird, /. ¢.
Triton punctatissimus, Dum. § Bibr. p. 154.
symmetricus, Dum. § Bibr. p. 154, pl. 107. f. 2.
Diemyctylus viridescens, Hallow. Journ. Ac. Philad. (n. 8.) iii. p. 36:
miniatus, Hallow. J. ¢.
Triton viridescens, Strauch, Salam. p. 50.
Fronto-squamosal arch bony. Palatine teeth in two serie
parallel and in contact in their anterior half, diverging behin<
forming a A-shaped figure; these series commencing on a line wit
the choane. Tongue small, elliptical, free along the sides. Hea
longer than broad, its length contained thrice or thrice and a ha
in the length of the body; the greatest width at angles of jaws
three distinct longitudinal grooves on the head; snout truncate
loreal region high, vertical; labial lobes well developed during th
breeding-season. Body rounded, no dorsal crest, but the vertebr:
line swollen. Limbs moderate, the hind pair very strong an
dilated, and furnished with black rugosities on the inner surface i
the breeding male; fingers and toes depressed, free; inner an
outer toes extremely short; carpal and tarsal tubercles indistine
Tail longer than head and body in the adult, strongly compresse
during the breeding-season, with an upper and lower crest; it end
in a more or less acute point. Cloaca of female as in M. vulgaris
of breeding male globiform, with inferior central opening, surrounde
by radiating cilia. Skin smooth or minutely tubercular; head wit
distinct series of pores; three very large pores on each side of th
head, behind the eyes; no gular fold. Reddish or olive-brow
above, generally dotted with black; on each side of the back a serie
of four to seven red, black-edged ocelli; a blackish streak on eac
side of the head, passing through the eye, extending sometime
along each flank ; female frequently with a red dorsal streak ; lowe
surface red or orange, dotted with black.
(e) G «238;
Total Tength 3 o%6 eh ess 92 92 millim.
From snout to cloaca ...... 40 442
cs eee rarer ie) ero ae 10 1034
Width of head............ 8 Sis
Wore limb «iis. sieve os's 15 10>
Hind limb Wate 55 ee ece 17 16)" ,,
1 Rg ee eet as 52 48 ,,
United States—Eastern and Austro-riparian districts.
a-b, c, d-e. 3,2, & yg. New York.
Bo Pennsylvania.
3. MOLGE. 93
S. Carolina. Dr. Harlan [P.}.
S. Carolina.
hen Qk i. N. America. Edw. Doubleday, Esq. [P +s
op. 2 and breeding ¢ N. America. Prof. St. George Mivart [P.].
with gills
14. Molge montana.
Molge platycephala, part., Gravenh. Delic. p. 84.
Megapterna montana, Savi, Nuov. Giorn. Tose. xxxvii. p.211; Bonap.
4 a IST, ple ; Bedriaga, Zool. Anz. 1882, p.45, and Arch. f. Nat. xlix.
mi <p 3-5.
a Ew latycephalus, part., Bonap. l.c.; De Betta, Atti Ist.
. nee ®v. 9 ; ’
a — montanus, Gigholi, An. Mus. Genov. xiii. p. 599; Bedriaga,
_ ~——«Lool. Anz. 1879, p. 451; Camerano, Zool. Anz. 1881, p. 188.
— platycephalus ?, Bouleng. Bull. Soc. Zool. France, 1878, p. 805.
eo depramosal arch ligamentous; frontals with distinct orbital
asses. Palatine teeth in two series, parallel, and in contact
their anterior half, divergent behind, ‘thus forming a A-shaped
figure; these series commencing on a line with the choane. Tongue
— rathe: ‘large, subcircular, attached along the median line, slightly free
behind, protractile. Head rather large, depressed, longer than broad,
‘it ae contained thrice ( ¢ ) or thrice and a half ( 9 ) in the length
pte body ; the greatest width of head at posterior corners of eyes ;
rounded; no labial lobes. Body rounded; no dorsal crest.
Embe moderate ; fingers and toes short, depressed ; tarsal and carpal
tubercles indistinct ; male with a much developed, rounded dila-
: bt ion of the fibulum. Tail a little shorter than head and body,
- compressed, ending in a point. Vent generally conical, directed
backwards, with circular opening ; sometimes (2) a longitudinal
slit, the borders of which are scarcely swollen. Skin finely tuber-
cular above, smooth beneath; sides of head with distinct pores ;
on each side of the neck a large well-defined parotoid gland; no
cine fold. Brown, immaculate, or variegated with darker and
- lighter above and speckled with whitish beneath ; sometimes a light
- vertebral line.
3. g.
pred lenithy © o's ieiocsa ss 114 108 millim.
From snout to cloaca .... 56 ite See
RR ard cli les Sachets « 14 Toe
Width of head.......... 11 {| Saree
ere WMG hs. va) eats 18 i. oie
PRE AIM Br. terse ci <i 21 BO 5s
1S RR Es ne cs too a 58 BOR 55
Corsica.
ae. 3 é 2; hgr. " Lago d’Argento, Monte Prof. Giglioli [E. }.
& larv Cinto (6000 feet).
(LG Yg. "S larva. Corsica. Dr. J. v. Bedriaga [E.].
h-i. Yg. & larva. Corsica. G. A. Boulenger, Esq. [P.].
24 SALAMANDRID.Z.
15. Molge rusconii.
Euproctus platycephalus, Gray, Cat. p. 24.
Molge platycephala, part., Gravenh. Delic. p. 84.
Euproctus rusconii, Gené, Syn. Rept. Sard. p. 28, pl. i. £. 83-5; Bor
aun. Ital.; Wiedersheim, An, Mus. Genov. vii. p. 545, pl. 2
Gigholi, eod. loc. xiii. p. 599; Bedriaga, Zool. Anz. 1879, p. 4
Camerano, eod. loc. 1881, p. 183.
platycephalus, part., Bonap. l. ¢.
Triton platycephalus, part., Strauch, Salam. p. 50; Scehretb. H
Eur. p. 54,
Fronto-squamosal arch bony. Palatine teeth in two strai
series, diverging behind, forming a A- or A-shaped figure; tl
series commencing on a line with the choane. Tongue small, s
elliptical, the sides free. Head much depressed, much longer
broad, its length contained about thrice in the length of the bo
the greatest width at angles of jaws; snout semielliptical ; la’
lobes well developed. Body rounded, crestless, Limbs modere
fingers and toes rather elongate, slender, free; in the male
fibulum sends forth a pointed, spur-like process, resembling a ™
mentary toe; no distinct carpal or tarsal tubercles, Tail abou
long as head and body, keeled above and beneath, with a sn
upper and lower crest, ending in an obtuse point. Cloaca, in b
sexes, conical, the opening circular and turned backwards ; that of
male more swollen at the base. Skin smooth or with small tuber
above; no gular fold. Brown above, variegated with darker ; lo
surfaces yellowish, spotted with blackish.
on of.
Total length ......0.0.45 132 76 millim.
From snout to cloaca .... 64 AY es
MI 6 oan Sees eee ee 15 DU ae
Width of head .......... 12 se We
WOKONMND oh. 5 dibs tw wanes 19 12 age
PSE TR) ol Seg me 21 12) ae
PRN et Ourr eae sean cheee sci 68 36
Sardinia.
a-d. 3 & hgr. Mt. Gennargentu. Prof. Giglioli [
16. Molge aspera.
Hemitriton asper, Duges, Ann. Sc. Nat. (8) xvii. p. 266.
cinereus (Dum.), Duges, l. c. p. 268.
—— rugosus (Dum.), Duges, l. ce. p. 264.
unctulatus (Dum.), Duges, l.c. p. 265, pl. 1. f. 1-8.
Fibronii (Dum.), Duges, tl. c. p. 256,
Triton pyreneeus, Dum. § Bibr. p. 189.
rugosus, Dum. § Bibr. p. 150.
—— cinereus, Dum. § Bibr. p. 151.
—— repandus, Dum. § Bibr. p. 151, pl. 106. f. 2.
—— puncticulatus, Dum. § Bibr. p. 152, pl. 106. f. 3.
— anionl, Dum. § Bibr. p. 158.
* The dimensions of the female are given from a specimen in the Bre
Museum.
3. MOLGE. 25.
pret rusconii, part., Dum. § Bibr. p. 158.
iton punctulatus, Gr ay, Proc. Zool, Soc. 1858, p. 139.
et platyoophalus, part, Strauch, Salam. p. 50; Schreib, Her ‘p. Eur.
aeatcctus pyrenzeus, Lataste, Rev. Intern. Se. ii. 1878, p. 495.
Fronto-squamosal arch bony. Palatine teeth in two series in
+ anteriorly, diverging behind, thus forming a A-shaped figure ;
series commencing on a line with the choane. Tongue small,
|, the sides slightly free. Head depressed, longer than broad,
o contained thrice to thrice and a half in the length of the
greatest width at posterior corners of eyes ; snout rounded
cate; labial lobes well developed during the breeding-season.
rounded; no crest. Limbs moderate; fingers and toes de-
d, free ; sometimes the tips furnished with a black, corneous,
like sheath ; no distinct carpal or tarsal tubercles. Tail as long
ead and body in the female, shorter and thicker in the male ;
il a above, but destitute of regular crest, ending in an
; Anal opening circular; cloaca of male subglobular ;
ale Bich produced, conical, directed backwards. Skin more
less strongly tuberculate above, smooth beneath ; a more or less
met gular fold. Olive or blackish above, uniform or with
owish spots, which may be confluent into a broad vertebral line ;
er surfaces and lower edge of tail orange, with blackish spots,
median zone of the belly generally immaculate.
é- 2.
~ Total length .......... 100 104 millim.
From snout to cloaca .... 54 52 =,
|, EEE eae 13 Pde ss
Width of head.......... 11 103 ,,
UATE ess ces sie oe 16 ys
MMEPEMIRD Sou. g occ bc ews. «2 17 5 hs Sa A
Guba One SEI ns er aputa erat 46 oe *
Pyrenees ; mountains of the Pyrenean peninsula
Pyrenees.
Lower Pyrenees.
17. Molge poireti.
‘Triton poireti, Gray, Cat. p. 18 (not specimens*).
? Triton palustris, Poiret, Voy. Barbar. 1. p. 290.
Triton poireti, Gervais, Bull. Soc. Sc. Nat. 1835, p. 313, and Ann. Se.
Nat. vii. p. 812; Strauch, Salam. p. 51.
? Euproctus yusconii, Guichenot, Expl. Se. Alg., Rept. p. 99, pl. 4. f. 2.
Triton nebulosus, Guichen. 1. c. p. 30, pl. 4. f. if
Glossoliga poireti, Gervais, Ann. Se. Nat. (3) xx. p. 313, pl. xv. f. 9.
Euproctus poireti, Dum. § Bibr. p. 160, pl. 107.
5 Fronto-squamosal arch bony, thick. Palatine teeth in two slightly
curved series, approximating in front, forming af}. Tongue rather
large, subcircular, extensively free behind and on the sides. Head
* a=W. walilii; b=M. cristata.
26 SALAMANDRID2,
much depressed, as long as broad, its length contained about thrice
and a half in the length of the body, the greatest width at angles
of jaws; snout broad, rounded, the contour of the jaws semicircular ;
eyes small; labial lobes scarcely distinct. Body rounded, somewhat
depressed ; no dorsal crest, vertebral line grooved. Limbs moderate;
fingers and toes much depressed, free ; no carpal or tarsal tubercles.
Tail compressed, keeled above and beneath, longer than head and
body. Skin strongly tuberculate; parotoid region thickened; a
series of large pores from axilla to groin ; a strong gular fold. Vent
a longitudinal slit, the borders scarcely swollen. Olive-brown
above, yellowish or reddish brown beneath, with or without darker
markings.
a
Totes lengths: cee ae LA tees 146 millim.
From snout to cloaca .......... TOe Ze
PleaR el a ote iss ie eee Oa oe 1645
Waita-or head. sie. sea a oe LD os
Fore-imb 525 5' hora. ak eee 19 vas
Blind ith bigeaii soo oe bs ee 22)
Daal +... Ament eae 27.) sie gitar oar eet. (Baas
Algiers.
a, b. 9 & her. Algiers.
ce, Several larva. Algiers. M. F. Lataste [P.].
d. Skeleton. Algiers.
18. Molge hagenmuelleri.
Glossoliga poireti, Bonap. Faun. Ital.
—— hagenmulleri, Lataste, Le Naturaliste, 1881, p. 371.
Differs from the preceding in the following characters :—Pa-
latine teeth forming a A. Tongue small, less free behind. Head
longer than broad; snout narrower, contour of jaws semielliptic.
Limbs, and especially fingers and toes, more slender. Gular fold
less accentuated. Size smaller. Olive-brown above, greyish
beneath, with more or less distinct darker spots. Breeding male
with rugose plates on the inner side of the fore limbs*.
Cie ae
Total length) 2.4 sng .5 6 99 98 millim.,
From snout to cloaca ...... 42 44 ,,
oC Peer er ease O42. 10 ae
Widthof head Shia ie. a 8 Oy aad
Bore Hani. jis. 53,0 coee otis 15 LB iis Se
Hing limbs <3). gies seston 15 1B Ay
ft BA ot pore hers ig 57 54,
Algiers.
a-b. 32. Bona. M. F. Lataste [P.].
yl Bona. Dr. J. v. Bedriaga [E. ].
* These, I am informed by M. Lataste, occur likewise in M. poireti.
3. MOLGE, 27
19. Molge waltlii.
ee Sapa waltlii, Gray, Cat. p. ay
os en tee ventricosus, Gray, l. c. p. 26.
( — wal
tls Bonap. Faun. Ital.; Dum. § Bibr. 72, pl. 103. f. 1;
Sti ok Salam. p . 32 5 Schrewb. Herp. Eur. p. 60; Leydig, Arch.
. Naturg. xlv. . 211, abr, 14, 15; Bedriaga, Bull. Mose. 1879,
», 179, and Zool. ‘Anz. | thee E 94; ’ Wiedersheim, Zool, Anz. 1879,
; Lataste, Actes Soc. Linn. Bord. (4) iii. p. 113; Wiedersh.
ks Zeitschr. Nat. xiv. p. 371; Fraisse, Inaug. ~Dissert. Wiireb.
ndra major, Gray, Griff. A. K. ix. Syn. ie ee
yates ventricosus, Tschudi, 1. c. p. 91, pl. 2. f. 1; Bonap. l. c.;
um. & Bibr. p. 75; Strauch, l. c. p. 33; Rcineth le, p. 68.
nandra pleurodeles, Schleg. ” Abbild. Pp. 122, pl. 39. f. 2-3.
-squamosal arch bony. Palatine teeth in two slightly
ries approximating in front, diverging behind ; these series
cing in front of the line of the choane. Tongue rather
8 subcircular, the lateral and posterior borders free. Head
1 the length of the body, the greatest width at temporal
; snout short, rounded; labial lobes well developed. Body
inded ; no dorsal crest. Limbs moderate, of males stronger and
nished on their inner side, during the breeding-season, with
se plates ; fingers and toes much depressed, free; two small,
less distinct, carpal and tarsal tubercles. Tail strongly
sed, keeled above and beneath, longer than head and body.
bs very vy long, ending in a sharp point, which frequently perforates
»skin. Latter strongly tuberculate; a strong gularfold. Vent
Reifadinal slit, the borders scarcely swollen. Olive-brown above,
owish beneath, with blackish markings; lower edge of tail
wish or orange.
3. gs
Total length .......... 224 182 millim.
From snout to cloaca .... 93 aria ik
NE crcl AS 6 ae" ie win 6 19 | eee
Width of head.......... 20 | Sea
ORE cared wie «\'s,« 33 bs ae
EERO ITIID 56:0) ac: 0:6 00) o's 37 Se has
MMR aS 35 ts LEC RE 131 SL eae
Spain and Portugal; Tangiers
; Madrid. Lord Lilford [P.].
yg. S. Spain. Brussels Museum [ E. ].
Spain. Lord Lilford [P.].
Spain.
angiers.
N. Africa P
Michah. Isis, 1830, p. 195; Tschudi, Batr. p. 91,
98 SALAMANDRID®.
4, SALAMANDRINA.
Salamandrina, Fitzing. Neue Classif. Rept. p. 41; Tschudi, Batr.
. 93; Dum. § Bibr. ix. p. 68; Strauch, Sita, Pp: ” 53,
Seiranota, Barnes, Amer, Journ. xi, p- 268 ; Gray, Cat. p. 29.
Tongue large, subtriangular, free everywhere except on the an-
terior half of the median line. Palatine teeth in two series, parallel
anteriorly, diverging behind. A strong, bony, fronto-squamosal
arch. Toes four. ‘Tail slightly compressed.
Italy.
1. Salamandrina perspicillata.
Seiranota perspicillata, Gray, Cat. p. 29.
Salamandra tridactyla, Daud. Rept. viii. p. 261.
Molge tridactylus, Merr. Tent. p. 188.
Salamandra perspicillata, Savi, Mem. 1820.
Salamandrina perspicillata, Fitzing. Neue Class. Rept. p. 66; Gra-
venh. Delic. p. 88; Tschudi, Batr. p. 93; Dum. §& Bibr. p- 69,
pl. 94. f.2; De Betta, Mem. Ist. Venet. xi. p. 528; Lessona, Proe.
Zool. Soc. 1868, . 254; Strauch, Salam. p.53 ; De Betta, Faun. Ital.,
Rett. Anf. p. ; Schreib. Herp. Eur. p. 69; Wiedersh. An. Mus.
Gen. vii. p. 5, pls. 1-11.
Seiranota condylura, Barnes, Am. Journ. xi, p, 268.
—— perspicillata, Bonap. Faun, Ital.
Palatine series forming a A, commencing on a line with the
choane. Head very distinct from neck, longer than broad, greatest
width at posterior corners of eyes; snout short, rounded; canthus
rostralis angular; loreal region vertical; eyes large, prominent ;
no labial lobes. Body subquadrangular, thrice or thrice and a half
the length of the head; the vertebre and ribs very distinct through
the skin; no dorsal crest. Limbs weak; fingers and toes short,
depressed ; carpal and tarsal tubercles distinct. Tail much longer
than head and body, slightly compressed, keeled above and beneath.
Cloaca as in Salamandra. Skin closely tuberculate above and
beneath; no parotoids; no gular fold. Upper surfaces black; a
transverse yellow marking, triangular or chevron-shaped, the point
directed backwards, between the eyes; throat black; chin white ;
belly white, generally with hig. too black spots. Anal region and
lower half of tail carmine.
3. So
Total length .......... 79 100 millim.
From snout to cloaca .... 31 AQ. 4,
PROG 5 5. sists: emitters 598 ks 8 8: ,,
Width of head ........ 6 ya =
POre DOG 9. cures nee 10 li ee
nd. Limb... ois. w bless 11 12% ig
EMAL 3 's5 ba eA 48 6F ois
Italy.
oy ea
5. TYLOTOTRITON. 29
my. Several spec, dQ. Lucca J. Bowring, Esq. [P.].
a bo. 9. Liguria. Milan Museum [E.].
d-g. Bad state. Italy. Prof. Savi.
h-t. Q. Dalmatia (?) Hr. Jeitteles [P.].
5. TYLOTOTRITON.
Tylototriton, Anderson, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1871, p. 423, and West.
Yunnan Exped., Zool. Res. p. 848.
Tongue small, subcircular, free on the sides and slightly be-
hind. Palatine teeth in two oblique series, meeting in front. A
thick, bony fronto-squamosal arch; maxillary reaching quadrate ;
pterygoid applied to the maxillary. Toes five. Tail compressed.
Yunnan ; Himalayas.
1. Tylototriton verrucosus.
Tylototriton verrucosus, Anders. ll. cc., Yunn. pl. 76. f. 6 and pl. 77.
Palatine series forming a A, commencing on a line with, or a
little in front of, the choanze. Head broader than long, surrounded
by a prominent osseous porous ridge; a short similar ridge along the
parietals; snoutshort, broad ; eyes moderate; nolabiallobes. Body
___ thrice to thrice and a half the length of the head; no dorsal crest ;
af a broad, prominent, porous vertebral ridge, produced by the great
~ development and transverse dilatation of the spinous processes of the
dorsal yertebre ; a series of sixteen knob-like porous glands along
the side, the last three being behind the leg when it is extended at
right angles to the body. Limbs moderate; fingers and toes free,
depressed. ‘Tail as long as or a little longer than head and body,
strongly compressed, with an upper and lower crest, ending in a
point. Anal opening a longitudinal slit, the borders not much
swollen. Skin tubercular; parotoids large, very distinct ; a strong
gular fold. Uniform blackish brown, paler on the lips, snout, chin,
throat, and under surface of the limbs ; lower edge of tail orange-
: yellow.
3d. sagt
Total length .......... 146 148 millim.
From snout to cloaca.... 66 T2245
ETS gas Spe ed a apg 16 12 Daas
Width of head ........ 18 se ce
ERG, FINED is boavcidin iv ts 27 Oe \gs
Ma AM sas a des as 28 ya
MR era are aise 34 000 5 w- 80 (i ae
Mountains of Yunnan; Eastern Himalayas.
a. 2. Nantin valley, W. Yunnan. Dr. Anderson [P.].
3
e .
* Re. 9: Yunnan, 4500 feet.
» d-g. 3,9,&yg. Darjeeling. We Blanford, Esq.
30 SALAMANDRIDZ&.
6. PACHYTRITON.
Pachytriton, Boulenger, Bull. Soc. Zool. France, 1878, p. 72.
Tongue large, covering the floor of the mouth, adherent, its an-
terior border slightly free. Palatine teeth in two oblique series,
meeting in front. Fronto-squamosal arch present, ligamentous
posteriorly ; pterygoid united suturally with maxillary. Toes five.
Tail cylindrical at the base, compressed at the end.
China.
1. Pachytriton brevipes. (Pxazz I.)
Triton brevipes, Sauvage, Bull. Soc. Philom. (7) i. p. 116.
Pachytriton brevipes, Bouleng. 1. c.
Skull narrow anteriorly ; nasals widely separated by nasal pro- |
cesses of premaxillaries ; frontals with much-developed orbital pro-
cesses directed towards, but not reaching, the squamosals; exoccipitals
large; the pterygoids and maxillaries so united as to seem to form
asingle bone. Palatine teeth forming a A, the summit on a line
with the choane. Head depressed, fish-like; mouth not deeply —
cleft, with much-developed labial lobes; eye small ; upper eyelid
little developed ; snout rounded; head a little longer than broad,
the greatest width at temporal "regions. Body rather depressed,
about four times the length of the head; no dorsal crest. Limbs
short, clumsy ; fingers and toes very short and obtuse, depressed,
free ; no carpal or tarsal tubercles. Tail as long as head and body,
cylindrical in its anterior third, then becoming strongly compressed
and furnished with a low crest; its end rounded. Vent-opéning
longitudinal, its borders not swollen, with long cilia in the breeding ~
male. Skin quite smooth; parotoid region thickened, not porous ;
a distinct gular fold. Olive-brown above, punctate all over with
blackish ; tips of fingers and toes and lower surfaces yellowish, the
latter regions punctate with blackish,
DL obed Jongh cj...) 5:2 isiie oss bie. Ses 187 millim.
From snout to cloaca .......... Wass
RORY AER ale tastes yh as bias Bs Bic ZUR gg
Wadthof head 255.6% 3s sees vs os 1S}: 3
POLO TAD «cise Sails spins eos Op 2B. wide
FE IND a. cits a eee hist a 20 hig
PEBLL oe Ciak's Fae eae ween alee se 98 asa
South Kiansi.
a. Q. S. Kiansi. Paris Museum [E.].
5
i
3
a
i
ug
4
e
¥
7
’
}
él
é i
7. HYNOBIUS. 31
Subfam. B. AMBLYSTOMATINA.
Molgide, Plethodontide, part., Gray, Cat. Batr. Grad.
Soe mide, Ellipsoglossidee, Hallow. Journ. Ac. Philad, (2) iii.
858.
Amblystominz, Hynobiinz, Cope, Proc. Ac. Philad, 1859.
Amblystomidz, Hynobiide, Cope, Journ. Ac. Philad. (2) vi. 1866.
Salamandrida lechriodonta, part., Strauch, Rev. d. Salam., in Mém.
Ae, St. Pétersb, (7) xvi. no. 4.
Synopsis of the Genera.
I. Series of palatine teeth converging backwards, forming a “-
shaped figure.
NOMS ool. espe cc tbe ee oa e's 7. Hynobius, p. 31.
0 Ore 8. Salamandrella, p. 34.
IL. Series of palatine teeth uninterrupted, doubly arched, forming
a (V/V -shaped figure.
Fingers and toes with black claws .... 9. Onychodactylus, p. 35.
ILI. Series of palatine teeth in two arches convex forwards, sepa-
rated by a wide interspace.
Palatine series short, between the choane ; toes five.
10. Ranidens, p. 36.
Palatine series short, between the choanz ; toes four.
11. Batrachyperus, p. 37.
Palatine series long, converging backwards.
: 12. Dicamptodon, p. 38.
IV. Series of palatine teeth in a nearly straight line or an angle,
not separated in the middle by a wide interspace.
Tongue with radiating plice........ 13. Amblystoma, p. 38.
7. HYNOBIUS.
Pseudosalamandra, Tschudi, Batr. p. 91.
Hynobius, Tschudi, l. c. p. 94; Gray, Cat. p. 30.
Molge, Bonap. Faun. Ital.; Gray, l. ¢. aS dl.
_ Ellipsoglossa, Dum. § Bibr. ix. p. 97; Strauch, Salam. p. 54.
Tongue large, elliptical, lateral borders free, anterior border
slightly free. Palatine teeth in two long series, converging back-
wards, meeting in an acute angle, with two short recurved branches
in front, thus forming a \f’-shaped figure. Toes five. Tail cylin-
drical at the base, compressed at the end.
Japan.
Synopsis of the Species.
Fifth toe well developed ; body elongate, more
than four times the length of the head;
tail feebly compressed ..............-- 1. nevius, p. 32.
32 SALAMANDRID &.
Fifth toe well developed; body shorter, not
four times the length of the head; tail
strongly compressed .. i... 0s. ee ee ee 2. nebulosus, p. 32.
Fifth toe rudimentary ...............6.- 3. peropus, p. 33.
1. Hynobius nevius.
Molge striata, Gray, Cat. p. 31.
Salamandra neevia, Schley. Faun. Japon., Amph. p. 122, pl. 4. f. 4-6,
pl. 5. £.9-10, and Abbid. pl. 39, f. 4.
Pseudosalamandra neevia, T’schudi, Batr. p. 92.
Molge striata, Bonap. Faun, Ital.
Ellipsoglossa neevia, Dum. § Bibr. p. 99, pl. 101. £5; Strauch, Salam.
p. 55,
The length of the palatine series, from anterior border to pos-
terior angle, equals two thirds or three fourths the width of the
tongue. Head depressed, longer than broad ; snout short, rounded ;
eyes large, prominent; no labial lobes. Body cylindrical, slightly
depressed, about four and a half times the length of the head.
Limbs moderate, the adpressed limbs not meeting; fingers and
toes short, depressed, free ; fifth toe well developed, half the length
of fourth ; carpal and tarsal tubercles indistinct. Tail shorter than
head and body, thick, the end rounded. Vent a longitudinal slit ;
in the male with a small papilla and a short transverse slit an-
teriorly; the borders not swollen. Skin smooth, shining; sides
with thirteen very distinct vertical or costal grooves, more or less
distinct across the belly ; parotoids large, flat, behind the angle of
the jaws ; a rectilinear groove from the eye to the gular fold ; latter
strongly marked ; back with a longitudinal groove. Blackish grey,
lighter beneath ; sides variegated with light grey.
Total length.......... 131 122 millim.
From snout to cloaca:.. 78 14 ns
BS TEE, Be Mee LS eae, ae 14 1454,
Width of head........ 12 ins
PF GROAN cso isi is nls 18 13
Hind Jim ben's < ee. 22 5" Via
DORE sciein ea ognenetsts 53 AB) + oa
Japan.
a-d. 3 9. Japan. Leyden Museum.
2. Hynobius nebulosus.
Hynobius nebulosus, Gray, Cat. p. 30.
Salamandra nebulosa, Schleg. Faun. Japon., Amph. p. 127, ph 4
f. 7-9, and Abbild. pl. 40. f. 7-10.
Hynobius nebulosus, 7'schudt, Batr. p. 94.
Ellipsoglossa nebulosa, Dum. § Bibr. p. 100; Strauch, Salam. p. 55.
i Sai its eT rem als ges
nas
ee aoe
Sara
fe
ao i
i
iia
7. HYNOBIUS, 33
_ Differs from the preceding in the following characters :—Eyes
smaller; body much shorter, only about thrice and a half the
length of the head; tail strongly compressed and keeled in the
posterior two thirds, ending in a point. Reddish brown, speckled
or variegated with dark brown above, with greyish beneath ; tail
blackish, upper and lower keels yellow.
moral length............ 99 102 millim,
From snout to cloaca .... 56 Be fe
ESD as ee ee 12 i Re ona
Width of head .......... 10 10:35
MOONY. oe ee vee 15 cb eee
MIND Oe ed 17 is eee
Ns a ibe amines 43 eS
Japan.
Dad. ¢. Japan. Leyden Museum.
mo Japan. A. Adams, Esq. [C.].
_ d, Young. Nikko, C. Japan. C. Maries (ot
3. Hynobius peropus. (Puarz II. fig. 1.)
_ The length of the palatine series, from anterior border to posterior
angle, equals half the width of the tongue. Head depressed, longer
Benen broad; snout short, rounded; eyes rather large, prominent ;
Jabial lobes. Body cylindrical, slightly depressed, nearly four
. ines the length of the head; the distance from snout to gular fold
- three times in the distance fodiens latter to cloaca. Limbs moderate,
not meeting when adpressed ; fingers and toes more elongate than
- in the preceding species; fifth toe rudimentary, tubercle-like;
_ ¢arpal and tarsal tubercles indistinct. Tail shorter than head and
_ body, strongly compressed and keeled in its posterior half, ending
in a point. Vent (of male) three slits meeting in front, the
_ median longitudinal and longest, the two others obliquely directed
_ forwards, forming an angle; the borders not swollen. Skin smooth;
_ thirteen costal grooves; a median dorsal groove; parotoids indi-
stinct; gular fold distinct; no fold from eye to gular fold. Reddish
_ brown above, speckled and minutely marbled with dark brown;
tail dark brown, with lichen-like grey variegation ; yellowish brown
beneath ; belly speckled with lighter.
a MORAL TORRE. O56 dic ese es 109 millim.
A From snout to cloaca ........ 594° 5
a Se Vireo das en. vies. « | ee
a Wraith of head... 20 .0)...4. 3 Spa
t MEME Ao oc Ghia, ada es RO ee
4 RMB Se Seki LP
a (NE RODE IRE ate gears ee 1) eae,
na dc. China or Japan, A, Adams, Esq. [C.].
D
34 SALAMANDRID..
8. SALAMANDRELLA.
Salamandrella, Dybowsky, Verh. zool.-bot. Ges. Wien, 1870, p. 237. . |
Isodactylium, Strauch, Salam, p. 55.
Tongue large, elliptical, lateral borders free, anterior boreal
slightly free. Palatine teeth in two series converging backwards, -
meeting in an acute angle, with two short recurved branches in front, —
thus forming a “f’-shaped figure. Toes four. Tail compressed.
Eastern Siberia.
1. Salamandrella keyserlingii.
Salamandrella keyserlingii, Dybowsky, 1. ¢. pl. 7.
Isodactylium schrenckii, Strauch, 1. c. p. 56.5 pl. 2. £1.
Median branches of palatine teeth slightly curved, with the con-
vexity outwards; recurved branches directed backwards. Heal
moderately depressed, longer than broad; snout rounded; eyes
rather large, prominent ; no labial lobes. Body slightly depressed, —
thrice and two thirds to four times and a third the length of the head.
Limbs rather short, not meeting when adpressed against the body; _
fingers and toes rather short, depressed, free; carpal and tarsal
tubercles indistinct. Tail as long as, or shorter ‘than the head and
body, strongly compressed, keeled, the end rounded. COloaca a
longitudinal slit with swollen borders, subspherical, Skin aie A
twelve or thirteen costal grooves, extending across the belly;
median dorsal groove ; parotoids large, flat, behind the angle of the
jaws; a groove from the eye to the gular fold, which is csongly
marked. Brown, lighter beneath ; median zones of body immaculate, —
bordered by an undulous blackish line; a blackish vertebral line; —
sides with small dark spots. a
3. 2.
Total length. . eas OS 126 millim.
From snout to cloaca .. . . 52 eo ies
PROGEAS Has iy alwe bets 11 12 5
Width of head.......... 9 94 ,,
Forerlinib 2s S458 fei. 13 1G
Shamed Terms a eg Ss 15 18 is
MOM 3.42, Sete ans Vale 43 63. — Vs
Ussuri and Schilka Rivers; Lake Baikal. 4
ad. River Schilka. St. Petersburg Museum —
b Several spec.: 3,2, Lake Baikal. arsaw Museum [ E, ].
& yg. a
c-d. 3 2 Lake Baikal. Godeflroy Museum. ~
2. Salamandrella wosnessenskyi.
Isodactylium wosnessenskyi, Strauch, J. c. p. 58, pl. 2. f. 2.
Very closely allied to the preceding, from which it differs is
8. SALAMANDRELLA.—9, ONYCHODACTYLUS. 35
having the outer branches of palatine teeth more horizontal and the
_ median series more approximating, not curved ; besides, the tail is
less elevated. Judging from the unique specimen in the collection,
ay _ Tam not convinced of the specific difference of this form.
on Kamtschatka.
. a 2. Kamtschatka. St. Petersburg Museum [E.].
. ONYCHODACTYLUS.
heal . a Tschudi, Batr. p.92; Gray, Cat. p. 83; Dum. §
Bibr. ix. p. 113; Strauch, Salam. p. 60.
Tongue large, subcircular, the lateral borders free, Palatine
teeth i in a doubly arched, A\W\-shaped series on a line with the
g. Fingers and toes furnished with claws; toes five. Tail
ests) at the base, compressed at the end.
Japan.
1. Onychodactylus japonicus.
a3
a Onychodactylus japonicus, Gray, Cat. p. 33.
a paar japonica, Houtiuyn, Verh. Genootsch, Viissing. ix. p. 829,
— Be cinta, Schleg. Faun. Japon., Rept. p. 123, pl. 5. f. 1-6.
i schlegeli, Tschudi, l. c.; Dum. § Bibr. p- 114, pl. 93.
_ ——japonicus, Bonap. Faun. Ital.; Strauch, l. c.; Troschel, Arch. f.
Nat. 1877, p. 199, pl. 15.
Head small, longer than broad; snout rounded ; eyes large, pro-
minent ; no labial lobes. Body ‘cylindrical, about four times the
length of the head. Limbs moderate; in the male the hind limb
very strong and with a broad fibulo-tarsal dilatation ; fingers and
_ toes short, depressed ; carpal and tarsal tubercles none. Tail longer
_ than head and body, cylindrical in its anterior half, becoming
gradually compressed and keeled towards the end, which is obtusely
pointed. Vent of female a longitudinal slit; of male threo slits
meeting in front, the median being longitudinal, the two others
obliquely directed forwards, forming an angle; the borders of the
- yent not swollen in either sex. Skin smooth ; twelve to fourteen costal
_ grooves, which may be very indistinct ; parotoids present, large,
flat, behind the angle of the jaws; a rectilinear groove from the
eye to the gular fold, which is strongly marked ; throat with more or
less distinct longitudinal plaits. Brown above; a broad zone along
_ the back and tail yellowish or reddish, mottled with brown, bordered
_ by a blackish band, the upper edge ‘of: which is well defined and
~ irregularly festooned ; flanks and limbs dark brown, variegated with
greyish; nails black ; head brownish, variegated with blackish ;
lower surfaces light brown, uniform or ‘mottled with darker.
D2
36 SALAMANDRID®.
dé. 2.
Total Aone! 5555 sés'sisus 166 156 millim.
From snout to cloaca.... 71 2 £3 ibaa
PEGAG 2 \lche sa’ covet tine ieee 13 5 Seem
Width of head ........ 93 : Bi ema
Wore (. aneakes see 20 A eer
TANG IAD. yp bys eee 25 VB
BSE ears ie el ena 95 83:5
Japan
a-b. 3 & larva. Japan.
c-d. Q. Oyama, near Yeddo. §_H.MLS. ‘Challenger’ bet
e. Several spec.: ¢, Near Hakone, Niphon. H.MLS. ‘Challenger’
04.9
9, & larvee. i
10. RANIDENS. ee
Ranodon, Kessler, Bull. Mosc. 1866, p. 126; Strauch, Salam. p. 65. a
Tongue rather large, subcircular, the lateral borders free. Pala-
tine teeth in two short transverse arched series, convex forwards,
between the choane, separated from each other by a wide interspace.
Toes five. Tail compressed.
Eastern Temperate Asia.
1. Ranidens sibiricus.
Triton (Ranodon) sibiricus, Kessler, 1. c. pl. vii.
Ranodon kessleri, Ballion, Bull. Mose. 1868, p. 188.
—— sibiricus, Strauch, /. c. p. 66, pl. ii. f. 3.
Head rather depressed, a little longer than broad; snout rounded ;
eyes moderately large, prominent; labial lobes slightly developed. S|
Body rounded, thrice and a half to thrice and two thirds the length
of the head. Limbs moderate; fingers and toes rather short, —
depressed, free ; the extremity of the adpressed hind limb reaches
the wrist of the adpressed fore limb. Tail as long as, or a little —
longer than head and body, strongly compressed, crestless, keeled
above, obtusely pointed. Vent a longitudinal slit, in the male with _
a small papilla anteriorly, the borders not swollen. Skin shining,
minutely tuberculate above ; sides with eleven to thirteen very | di- 4
stinct vertical grooves; a more or less distinct fold of the skin running
perpendicularly to the costal grooves along each flank ; parotoids "
present, large, flat, behind the angle of the jaws ; a groove from the q ,
eye to the parotoid ; a strong gular fold. Light brown above, with ‘a
more or less distinct darker spots; beneath whitish, immaculate.
3.
Total length: Fae.) 1s ce eern eh 180 millim.
From snout to cloaca .......... 85) 6;
PIBOG, 510525 ind ahs wink die a le oe 18
|) ae
ip
10, ranrpEens.—11. BATRACHYPERUS, 37
SUE CNC ae SO | Sr aN 27 millim.
PMG oe Shani e Cel cas aes
1) ile AER Efi eh UE Gite Seca 9 ;,
Eastern Siberia ; North-eastern China.
a,b. 3 & hgr. Kopal. St. Petersburg Museum [P.],
11. BATRACHYPERUS.
Batrachuperus, Bowleng. Bull. Soc. Zool. France, 1878, p. 71.
Tongue rather large, subcircular, the lateral borders free. Pala-
tine teeth in two short transverse arched series between the choane,
separated from each other by a wide interspace. Toes four. Tail
compressed.
China.
1. Batrachyperus sinensis, (Puarz III. fig. 1.)
Salamandrella sinensis, Sawvage, Bull. Soc. Philom, (7) i. p. 117.
Batrachuperus sinensis, Bouleng. l. c. p. 72.
Head depressed, longer than broad ; snout very short, rounded ;
eyes rather large, prominent; labial lobes much developed. Body
cylindrical, about thrice and a half the length of the head. Limbs
moderate; fingers and toes rather short, depressed, free; the limbs
being adpressed along the body, the median fingers and toes meet.
Tail a little shorter than head and body, strongly compressed, ex-
cept at the base, crestless, keeled, ending in an obtuse point. Vent
much as in Onychodactylus, viz. a simple longitudinal slit in the
female, two perpendicular slits in the male, the horizontal one anterior
and arched; the borders notswollen. Skin smooth; sides with ten
to twelve very distinct vertical grooves; parotoids present, large, flat,
behind the angle of the jaws; arectilinear groove from the eye to the
gular fold; latter very strongly marked, extending on the sides of
the neck; throat with longitudinal plaits. Greyish brown above,
more or less variegated with blackish ; lower surfaces lighter, mottled
with brown.
3. 2.
Total length .......... 147 135 millim.
From snout to cloaca.... 75 TOE is
BROMIDE i ctalohin ees ox wbale 17 162;
Width of head ........ 143 eS,
OER UNE Sere aia S cshe oss 19 i 4) eee
BI ie ness 4,0 2 ¢ 26 Uae! ©
BME vic eit ders’ sai s.6 72 Ges,
Moupin, China.
a-b. dQ. Moupin. Paris Museum [E. }.
88 ; SALAMANDRID©.
12. DICAMPTODON.
Dicamptodon, Strauch, Salam. p. 68.
Tongue nearly entirely adherent. Palatine teeth in two long
transverse arched series, convex forwards, converging backward
situated behind the line of the choans, separated from each o
by a wide interspace. Toes five. ‘Tail compressed.
California.
1. Dicamptodon ensatus.
Triton ensatus, Eschscholtz, Zool. Atlas, p. 6, pl. 22.
Dicamptodon ensatus, Strauch, J. c, p. 69.
Head broad; snout rounded. Body stout. Limbs short; toes
free. Tail sword-shaped, curved upwards, as long as head and
body. Skin nearly smooth; parotoids and costal grooves apparently
absent. Reddish-brown, back marbled with brown. ‘Total length ~
about 4 decimetres. a
California.
13. AMBLYSTOMA.* “ae
Amblystoma, Tschudi, Batr. p. 92; Baird, Journ. Ac. Philad. (2) i.
1850, p. 281; Gray, Cat. : 34; Dum. § Bibr. ix. p. 101; Cope,
Proc. Ac. Philad. 1867, p. 166; Strauch, Salam. p. 60. fa
Xiphonura, Tschudi, lc. p. 95; Gray, l.c.; Dum. § Bibr. p. 161.
Salamandroides, Fitzing. Syst. Rept. p. 33. -
Heterotriton, Gray, 1. ¢. p. 38. i
Desmiostoma, Sager, Penins. Journ. Medic. 1858, p. 428.
Camarataxis, Cope, Proc. Ac. Philad. 1859, p. 122.
Pectoglossa, Mivart, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1867, p. 698.
Larva Forms :—
Siredon, Wagl. Syst. Amph. p. 209; Dum. & Bibr. p. 176.
Axolotes, Owen, Ann. §& Mag. N. H. xiv. p. 23. a
Tongue subcircular or oval, with radiating plice ; lateral borders —
free; anterior border slightly free. Palatine teeth in long series,
continuous or separated by slight interspaces. Toes five. il
more or less compressed. it
North America, southward to Mexico; one species from §&
probably at a great altitude.
* The three following species are referred, for completeness’ sake, to this
genus, but not without uncertainty, as nothing precise is said in the description
of the arrangement of wah ag teeth or of the attachment of the to
Salamandra brevicauda, Wied, Nova Acta Leop.-Carol. xxxii. p.
Pennsylvania.
S. maculata, id. ibid. p. 129.—Pennsylvania.
S. melanoleuca, id. ibid. p. 180.—Pennsylvania.
7
1 ye
13. AMBLYSTOMA. 39
Synopsis of the Species.
I. Series of palatine teeth extending to external fissure of choane ;
plicee of tongue radiating from behind.
A. Costal grooves ten or eleven.
10 costal grooves; habit very stout;
blackish, blotched or marbled with
RS es Un ee 1. talpoideum, p. 40.
grey
— 11 costal grooves ; habit stout ; blackish,
With grey fascize .........+-+585. 2. opacum, p. 40.
10 or 11 costal grooves ; blackish, with
round yellow spots .............. 3. punctatum, p. 41.
11 costal grooves; habit slender; tail
_ shorter than the head and body ; lead-
coloured, with small yellow spots .. 4. conspersum, p. 42.
geil costal grooves; body stout and
heavy; two very distinct tarsal
tubercles; blackish above, with large
irregular yellow spots; yellow beneath. 5. bicolor, p. 42.
11 costal grooves; head large; paro- .
toids very distinct ; uniform brown . 12. paroticum, p. 48.
B. Costal grooves twelve.
1. Two distinct tarsal tubercles.
Head large; brown or blackish, with
yellow markings .............4+- 6. tigrinum, p. 43.
7 Head smaller; canthus rostralis di-
stinct ; tail considerably longer than
head and body ...-.+ esses seen ee 7. wiphias, p. 45.
Palatine teeth in four distinct patches,
with decided intervals ............ 8. trisruptum, p. 45.
2. No or one indistinct tarsal tubercle.
Head small; body much elongated ;
limbs not meeting when adpressed.. 9. jeffersonianum, p. 46.
Head small ; body less elongated ; limbs
meeting when adpressed .......... 10. persimile, p. 47.
Limbs nearly meeting when adpressed ;
a light vertebral band; toes long .. 11. macrodactylum, p. 48.
II. Series of palatine teeth not extending beyond choane ;
plicee of tongue radiating from behind.
12 costal grooves ; snout short, uniform
MPMI fei so vied Chet 65 oe e's e 13. aterrimum, p. 49.
12 costal grooves ; snout long; brown,
marbled with darker ............ 14. tenebrosum, p. 49.
14 costal grooves; brown, with light
spots on the sides; below yellowish.. 15. tevanum, p. 50.
40 SALAMANDRID&.
III. Series of palatine teeth between the choane ; plice of tongue
radiating from a median longitudinal groove; fourteen costal
grooves, a
Lower jaw shorter than snout........ 16. cingulatum, p. 50.
Lower jaw longer than snout ........ 17. microstomum, p. 50.
1. Amblystoma talpoideum.
Amblystoma ? talpoideum, Gray, Cat. p. 36.
Salamandra taboides: Holbr. N. Amer. Herp. v. p. 73, pl. 24,
Amblystoma talpoideum, Dum. § Bibr. p. 109; Cope, Proc. Ac. —
Philad, 1867, p. 172; Strauch, Salam. p. 63. a
Shortest, stoutest, and most clumsily formed of all the Ambly-_
stomata. Differs from A. opacum in the following characters :—
Head broader ; upper jaw visible beyond the lower, when viewed
from below ; eyes rather small. Tail higher. ‘Ten costal grooves. —
Dark brownish or liver-black; upper surfaces irregularly sprinkled,
blotched and marbled with silvery grey of a lichen-like character.
Size of A. opacwm.
8.E. United States.
2. Amblystoma opacum.
Amblystoma opacum, oe Cat. p. 36. a
Salamandra opaca, Gravenh. Uebers. Zool. Syst. p. 431, and Delic. —
p. 75, pl. 10; Dum. & Bibr. p. 66. px
— fasciata, Green, Journ. Ac, Philad. i. 1818, p. 350; Holbr. N.~
Amer. Herp. v. p. 71, pl. xxiii.; Dekay, N. Y. Faun., Rept. —
p. 77, pl. 17. f. 40. a
Ambystoma opaca, Baird, Journ. Ac. Philad. (2) i. 1850, p. 283. 4
fasciatum, Dum. & Bibr. p. 106, pl. 101. f. 5. a
Amblystoma opacum; Cope, Proc. Ac. Philad. 1867, p. 173; Strauch, —
Salam. p. 68. a
Palatine teeth in three series on a line behind the choane; median
series in a double arc, the convexity of which is turned backwards; _
lateral series about half the length of the central, separated from —
the latter by a decided interval. Tongue large, plice radiating —
from behind. Head depressed, a little longer than broad, greatest —
width at angles of jaws; snout broad, rounded, without canthus —
rostralis ; eyes moderate. Body slightly depressed, measuring twice —
and a half or twice and two thirds the distance from tip of snout —
to gular fold. Limbs moderate; adpressed against the body, the —
longest fingers and toes meet; fingers and toes not very thick, de-
pressed; carpal and tarsal tubercles generally indistinct. Tail —
shorter than head and body, thick at the base, becoming gradually —
compressed at the pointed tip, not keeled. Skin shining. closely
pitted, especially on back and tail; parotoids indistinct; a strong —
gular fold; a rectilinear fold from the angle of the mouth to the —
latter; eleven costal grooves. Purplish black; back and upper —
half of tail with bluish-grey transverse bars. "
pis Gh
13. AMBLYSTOMA, 41
3. Q.
Total length....../...%: 90 94 millim.
From snout to cloaca .... 49 Sir,
COR COE cor eer er 12 ees
Width of head .......... 9 aa Roe
POKe BWDA soo ie ccc 8% 14 Aes
EIB BRR coger k wive'sse 16 gh ae
fo RTS TR gk Pal rohn Ss a 41 39
3”
United States, from Pennsylvania to Florida, to Wisconsin, and to
a. New York.
b. 2. Ohio.
ce-d. 2 & her. Georgia.
e-f. 9. N. America. Dr. MacMurtrie [P.].
g-h. Sg. N. America. Prof. St. George Mivart [P.].
"9. N, America. Royal College of Surgeons [P.].
k-l,m,n,0. 3 Q. N. America.
p. Skeleton. New York.
3. Amblystoma punctatum.
Ambystoma caroline, Gray, Cat. p. 35.
Lacerta punctata, Linn. S. N. i. p. 370.
maculata, Shaw, Zool. iii. p. 304.
Salamandra venenosa (Bart.), Daud. Rept. viii. p. 229; Holbr. N.
Amer, Herp. v. p. 67, pl. 22.
Lacerta subviolacea, Barton, Amer. Phil. Trans, vi. p. 108, pl. 4.
f. 6.
Salamandra subviolacea, Harlan, Journ. Ac. Philad. v. p. 817; Dekay,
N. Y. Faun., Rept. p. 74, pl. 2. f. 36.
Ambystoma subviolaceum, Tschudi, Batr. vf 92.
—— punctata, Baird, Journ. Ac. Philad. (2) i. p. 283.
Ambyostoma caroline, Gray, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1853, p. 11.
Ambystoma argus, Dum. § Bibr. p. 103.
Amblystoma punctatum, Cope, Proc. Ac. Philad. 1867, p. 175;
Strauch, Salam. p. 68.
Palatine teeth in three series; median series generally in a
straight line or a double arc, the convexity of which is turned
backwards, sometimes forming a single arc; lateral series a little
in advance of the central and not quite half its length, sepa-
rated from the latter by a slight interval. Tongue large, plice
radiating from behind. Head depressed, a little longer than broad ;
greatest width at angles of jaws; snout broad, rounded, without
canthus rostralis; eyes moderate. Body stout, cylindrical, twice
and two thirds to thrice and one fourth the distance from tip of snout
to gular fold. Limbs moderate; adpressed against the body, the
- median fingers and toes meet in the male, remain generally separated
in the female; fingers and toes not very thick, depressed ; carpal
and tarsal tubercles scarcely distinct. Tail about as long as head
and body, compressed, pointed, not keeled. Skin shining, more or
less pitted; parotoids rather distinct ; a vertical groove behind the
42 SALAMANDRID&.
angle of the mouth, crossed by another horizontal groove from the -
eye to the strong gular fold; ten or eleven costal grooves. Black, 4
lighter beneath ; on each side of the head, back, and tail a series of —
nearly circular yellow spots about the size of the orbit ; limbs with —
similar spots. =
3. Q.
Total length ......:..; 132 183 millim.
From snout to cloaca .... 62 03: Fe
GLOQEE ST, aE eerie eee 14 20 aye
Width of head ......... 12 18' 5
Hore mb pe ok eee 17 2S toes
Hind Timb --2:0/: 5 ...ebeee 19 26
a iy:* 1 Sree 70 90.238
Eastern United States.
a9 New York.
3 Q. Ohio.
Me Yr ; St. Lawrence. G. Barnston, Esq. [P.}.
2.9. New Jersey.
ey U. States.
g, 2,t, k-l. Several spec.: N. America.
3; Q, her, & ye. 7
m. £ ie aire N. America. —_ Prof. St. George Mivart [P.].
n. Skeleton. —-?
4, Amblystoma conspersum.
Amblystoma conspersum, Cope, Proc. Ac. Philad. 1859, p. 128, and a
1867, p. 177; Strauch, Salam. p. 63.
Palatine teeth in three patches, the median longest, commencing
opposite inner margin of choanse and convex to between latter or —
nearly so. Tongue longer than broad. In proportions intermediate
between A. punctatum and A. jeffersonianwm. Head a broad oval. —
Limbs short; fingers and toes long and slender, subcylindrical; —
when adpressed, the fingers reach beyond bases of toes; two small q
tubercles on edges of sole. Tail shorter than head and body, every-
where compressed. Skin smooth; grooves behind the orbit incon-
spicuous, but present; eleven costal grooves. General colour leaden, _
paler beneath ; lower parts of sides and sides of tail more or less —
varied with small whitish spots, the former often in a regular line; _
a similar line on the upper part of the sides sometimes present; end
of snout sometimes pale-marbled. Total length 31 lines. ;
United States—Pennsylvania to Georgia.
a. Several larve. Carlisle, Pennsylvania. Smithsonian Institution [P.].
ya
5. Amblystoma bicolor.
Amblystoma bicolor, Hallow. Proc. Ac. Philad. 1857, p. 216; Cope, 4
eod. loc, 1867, p. 178; Strauch, Salam. p. 63.
Palatine teeth in three entirely transverse series, the intent aptaaal 9
13. AMBLYSTOMA. 43
taking place considerably inside the line of the choane; median
series notched behind; the teeth themselves are in numerous rows
on each of their bony crests, presenting a brush-like arrangement.
Tongue large, plice radiating from behind. Head broad and obtuse,
entering the length to the groin 33 times. Body stout and heavy.
Limbs stout ; the adpressed limbs overlap by the length of the toes ;
fingers and toes not elongate, depressed ; two well-marked plantar
tubercles. Tail much compressed, a little shorter than head. and
body. Skin smooth; folds of throat and side of head not strongly
marked; eleven costal grooves. Colour above olive-brown, below
yellowish, olive-shaded in the middle; the inferior yellow rises on the
sides as short blotches; above them are several ill-defined yellowish
spots ; parotoid region yellow, with a distinct black vertical bar ;
limbs brown cross-banded; tail yellow with brown spots. Total
length 5 inches 10 lines.
New Jersey.
6. Amblystoma tigrinum.
Heterotriton ingens, Gray, Cat. p. 33.
Xiphonura jeffersoniana, id. wid. p. 34.
Ambystoma tigrinum, id. did. p. 35.
Ambystoma mavortium, zd. ibid. p. 37.
Salamandra tigrina, Green, Journ. Ac. Philad. v. p. 116.
—— ingens, Green, 1. c. se 254,
lurida, Baird, Amer. Journ. xxxvi. p. 822.
Triton tigrinus, Holbr. N. Amer. Herp. v. p. 79, pl. 26; Dekay, N.
Y. Faun. p. 83, pl. 15. f. 32.
—— ingens, Holbr. 1. c. p. 85, pl. 29.
Ambystoma tigrina, Baird, Journ. Ac. Philad. (2) i. p. 284; Dum. &
Bur. p. 108; Hallow. Journ. Ac. Philad. (2) iii. p. 350.
—— lurida, Baird, l. c.; Hallow. 1. ec. p. 353.
—— mavortia, Baird, 1. c. pp. 284, 292 ; Hallow, 1. c. p. 352.
—— episcopus, Baird, l. c. pp. 284, 293 ; Hallow, 1. c. p. 354.
Ambyostoma californiense, Gray, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1853, p. 11, pl. 7;
Hallow. l.c. p. 355; Baird, Rep. U.S. Eapl. Surv. xiii. part iv.
pl. 30. f. 1-8.
Ambystoma fasciatum, var., Dum. § Bibr. p. 107, pl. 105. f. 1.
—— nebulosum, Hallow. l.c. p. 352.
pare: Hallow. 1, ¢. p. 853; Cooper, U.S, Expl. Surv, xii, part ii.
1. 31. f. 2.
Be inert, Hallow. l.c. p. 354; U.S. Mex. Bound, Surv. ii.,
Rept. pl. 35. £. 7-14.
— maculatum, Hallow. l.c. p. 355, and Proe. Ac. Philad. 1857,
. 215.
Ga etiaonn maculatum, Sager, Penins. Journ. Medic. 1858, p. 428.
Camarataxis maculata, Cope, Proc. Ac. Philad. 1859, p. 122.
Amblystoma tigrinum, Cope, Proc. Ac. Philad. 1867, p. 179; Strauch,
Salam. p. 63.
—— mexicanum, Cope, l.c. p. 184; Strauch, 1. ¢. p. 64.
—— mavortium, Cope,l.c; Strauch, l.c.; Cope,in Yarrow’s Report,
Zool. p. 631.
obscurum (Baird), Cope, 1. c. p. 192 ; Strauch, l. c.
—— weismanni, Wiedersh. Zeitschr. wiss. Zool. xxxii. p. 216, pls.
11, 12.
44 SALAMANDRiDA.
Larval or “ AXOLOTL” STATE.
Gray, Cat. p. 49.
Daud. Rept. viii. p. 237; Cuv. in Humb. Ree. Zool. pls. 12, 14;
Home, Phil. Trans. R. S. xxi. p. 419, pls. 21, 22, 23.
Gyrinus mexicanus, Shaw, Nat. Misc. 1800, . 343.
Siren pisciformis, Shaw, Zool. iii. p. 612, pl. 140. f. 12.
Phyllhydrus pisciformis, Gray, Griff. A. K. ix. p. 108.
Hypochton pisciformis, Gravenh. Delic. p. 90.
mre axolotl, Wagl. Syst. Amph. p. 209, and Descr. Icon. Amph,
ae istes guttatus, Owen, Ann. & Mag. N. H. 1844, xiv. p. 23.
Siredon mexicanus, Baird, Journ. Ac. Philad. (2) i. p. 292. 3
—— lichenoides, Baird, in Stansbury, Exped. Gr. Salt Lake Utah, —
p- 336, pl. 1, and Rep. U.S. Expl. Surv. xiii. part iv. pl. 44. f, 1.
— humboldtii, Dum. §& Bibr. p. 177. "
—— harlanii, Dum. § Bibr. p. 181, pl. 95.
—— dumerilii, Dugés, Ann. Sc. Nat. ) xv. p. 2, pl. 10,
—— tigrinus, Velasco, Nat. Mex. iv. pl. —. q
fae metamorphoses, cf. A. Dum. C. R. 1865, Ix. p. 765, and lxi. p. 775, _
and Nouy. Arch. Mus. u. 1866, p. 265; Marsh, Amer. Journ. (2) xlvi. |
. 364; Tegetmeier, Proc. Zool.'Soc. 1870, P. 160; Cope, Amer. Journ. i. —
871, p. 80; Weismann, Zeitschr. wiss. Zool. xxv. p. 297; Chauvin, cod. _
loc. xxvii. p. 522.] 4
Arrangement of the palatine teeth extremely variable; the series
continuous or slightly interrupted externally or medially, either in —
a straight line, or an angle directed forwards, or an arch with the
convexity forwards, with all possible intermediate forms; these —
series extending externally to posterior outer border of choans. 4
Tongue large, plice radiating from behind. Head depressed, as long —
as broad; greatest width at angles of jaws; snout broad, rounded, —
without canthus rostralis; eyes moderate. Body stout, slightly —
depressed, thrice to thrice and a half the distance from tip of snout
to gular fold. Limbs stout ; adpressed against the body, the median —
fingers and toes meet or cross; fingers and toes short, much de-
pressed, pointed ; carpal and tarsal tubercles perfectly distinct. Tail
longer than, as long as, or shorter than head and body, strongly —
compressed, keeled posteriorly, ending in a point. Skin shining, —
minutely granulate ; parotoids large, flat; a vertical groove behind
the angle of the mouth, crossed by another horizontal groove from —
the eye to the gular fold, latter very strong; twelve well-marked _
costal grooves. Brown or blackish, lighter beneath, with more or
less numerous irregular yellow spots, sometimes arranged in
transverse bands. =
SS aR
Total length .......... 138 214 millim. :
From snout to cloaca .... 73 oy AY ora -
ead: i.... sGaeee 11. .; 25eee ”
Width of head.......... 11 2400 oe "
Pore wb ois wea eet oe 28 BRetr igs a
Pind linkh |... tee 23. 88 eee
Mae fs bes, MRS itearer 65 107 Wales
“ United States ; Mexico.
DA
13. AMBLYSTOMA.
A. Azolotl form.
45
a-b. SQ. Lake Chalco, near = Robert James, Esq. [P.].
Mexico.
¢. Several spec., hgr. Lake of Mexico. G. H. White, Esq. [P.].
d, Pipe m-q. 6, City of Mexico. Mr. Doorman [C. ].
j ,
ir. ier Mexico. Rey. F. L. Hopkins [P.].
8 3. Mountain-lakes of = C. Darwin (P.1.
California.
tv. dQ. — Prof. Owen [P.1.
ha} @. dO. Bred in Paris. Dr. A. Giinther [P.].
y,%. Her. & yg. Bred in England. Dr. A. Giinther | P. }.
B. Perfect form.
3. New Jersey.
9. Kansas.
Tom N. America. Leyden Museum.
. 3 op Voleano of Orizaba. M. Sallé [C.}.
- e-n. Young. Ciudad. Mr. A. Forrer [C. ].
6-1. SQ. Bred in the Jardin Paris Museum [E, }.
des Plantes.
x-h. Her. 3 Prop “ George Mivart
b Her. —-?
7. Amblystoma xiphias.
Amblystoma xiphias, Cope, Proc. Ac. Philad. 1867, p. 192; Strauch,
Salam. p. 64.
Differs from A. tigrinwm in the smaller head, distinct canthus
rostralis, and longer tail, which considerably exceeds the rest of the
animal. Yellowish-olive, brighter yellow beneath, with more or less
anastomosing or reticulating bands of well-defined brown on the
back and sides, and a few rounded spots of the same on the belly.
Columbus, Ohio.
8. Amblystoma trisruptum.
Amblystoma trisruptum, Cope, Proc. Ac. Philad. 1867, p. 194;
Strauch, Salam. p. 64.
Palatine teeth in four distinct patches, with decided intervals ;
they form one transverse series, nearly straight centrally, where
they are in aline with the posterior border of the choanz, but cury-
ing slightly backwards laterally ; the two central patches are wider
than the lateral, which vary a little in length, and are separated by
an interval half the diameter of the choane; their distance from the
exterior patches is about twice as great, the centre of the interval
‘falling about opposite to the inner border of choane; the outer
patches extend about half a diameter beyond the outer border of
choanz. Head very broad, much depressed, ovate, rather pointed
anteriorly. The remaining characters not different from those of
A, tigrinum. Uniform dark blackish or bluish brown, with a single
46 SALAMANDRID&.
series of large transversely elliptical blotches of yellow from head
to tip of tail, the foremost one rounded and placed behind the eyes;
those of opposite sides nearly meet on the back, and are confluent
on the upper edge of the tail. .
Ocate River, New Mexico.
9. Amblystoma jeffersonianum. (Pxare II. fig. 2.)
Salamandra jeffersoniana, Green, Contr. Maclurian Lyceum, p. 4;
Holbr. N. Amer. Herp. v. e 51, pl. 14, B
Xiphonura jeffersoniana, Tschudi, Batr. P: 93; Dum. & Bibr. p. 161,
Triton niger, Dekay, N. Y. Faun. iii. p. 85, pl. 15. f. 35. ~
Salamandra granulata, Dekay, 1. c. p. 78, pl. 23. f. 66; Holbr.
Amer. Herp. v. p. 63. a
Ambystoma jeffersoniana, Baird, Journ. Ac. Philad. (2) i. p. 288.
Amblystoma jeffersonianum, Cope, Proc. Ac. Philad. i867, p. 195;
Strauch, Salam. p. 64. ‘a
Palatine teeth in four scarcely interrupted series forming a nearly
straight line; these series extending laterally beyond the oute1
border of the choane. Tongue large, plice radiating from behind,
Head small, not much depressed, longer than broad; greatest width
at eyes ; snout long and broad, rounded, without canthus rostralis ;
eyes moderate. Body much elongate, four times the distance from
snout to gular fold. Limbs moderate, not meeting when adpre
against the body; fingers and toes depressed, latter long; a small
tarsal tubercle. Tail about as long as head and body, rather strongly
compressed, not keeled, ending in a point. Skin shining, smooth
or minutely granulate ; parotoids indistinct; a strong gular fold;
twelve costal grooves, extending across the belly. Dark brown,
lighter beneath ; sides with or without small light blue spots.
Lobel Temps sic tabe lary pb Ra-erg ens 145 millim.
From snout to cloaca .......... Terie ie
FHoad::"; stanvenie hao ais uncle es oe ae
Width-of bead. .c2e7 cc gen ease 10-5
Fore dim 5. nih scitag soot ed i eee
Hibd ind: 3: es Re eos aT ag
Tail O°, eee! Bk Ww 826 win 0 ep Se eit Bie oe ele 73 ” -&
Canada ; United States—Pennsylvania and Ohio, and northward.
tage Montreal. a
Var. fuscum. 4 E
LL
Ambystoma fuscum, Hallow, Jown. Ac. Philad. (2) iii. p. 855.
Amblystoma jeffersonianum, var. fuscum, Cope, Proc. Ac. P)
1867, p. 197.
Dark brown, with an especially dark shade or band along the
sides; extremely minute white points upon the body and tail, more
sparse upon the former; chin yellow, clouded with brown beneath,
_ Indiana and Virginia. 7
“a
.
ee
$5
+\fea
13. AMBLYSTOMA. 47
Var. laterale.
Ambystoma laterale, Hallow. 1. c. p. 352.
Amblystoma jeffersonianum, var. laterale, Cope, J. c.
About half the size of the typical form. Black with large white
spots on the sides and tail, and smaller ones on the belly.
Canada; N.E. United States.
Var. platineum.
Amblystoma platineum, Cope, /. c. p. 198; Strauch, Salam. p. 65.
—— jeffersonianum, subsp. platineum, Cope, Check-list, p. 26.
Distinguished by the narrower head and more elongate body.
Colour leaden; eyelids yellowish-margined; lower surfaces with or
without numerous indistinct whitish blotches.
Ohio.
10. Amblystoma persimile.
Plethodon persimilis, Gray, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1859, p. 280, pl. 19.
f.2; Giinth. Rept. Brit. Ind. p. 489.
Pectoglossa persimilis, Mivart, Proc. Zool, Soc. 1867, p. 698.
Amblystoma persimile, Strauch, Salam. p. 65,
Palatine teeth in four scarcely interrupted series forming a nearly
straight line; these series extending laterally beyond the outer
border of the choane. Tongue rather large, plice radiating from
behind. Head small, moderately depressed, longer than broad ;
greatest width at angles of jaws; snout moderate, rounded, with-
out canthus rostralis; eyes moderate. Body elongate, cylindrical,
thrice and a half the distance from snout to gular fold. Limbs
moderate; when adpressed against the body, the tip of third finger
meets the tip of fourth toe ; fingers and toes long, slender, scarcely
depressed ; carpal and tarsal tubercles not distinct. Tail shorter
than head and body, moderately compressed, not keeled, ending in
a point. Skin smooth; parotoids indistinct ; a strong gular fold;
twelve costal grooves. Blackish, with small scattered whitish spots,
largest on the sides.
OU TOUMU: Coes eke cae 98 millim.
From snout to cloaca ............ 5 eee
PRMD at alec suai) wei Go 0:4. wise @ se a
PGE ORE UG ee cise wee ie eee
ee Era re Ss BOS sg
1 1 oe RR, arse See Nt ee
RE ee NCES ch ca dic se vas hated Auk; + 45
Siam.
ab. OP Siam (probably at a considerable M. Mouhot [C.].
altitude).
48 SALAMANDRIDE.
11. Amblystoma macrodactylum.
Ambystoma macrodactyla, Baird, Journ. Ac. Philad. (2) i. p. ey
and U.S, Expl. Surv. xii. part ii, pl. 31. f. 3, -
Amblystoma macrodactylum, Cope, Proc. Ac. Philad. 1867, p. 198;
Strauch, Salam. p. 65. i
Palatine teeth in three [or four] series, the central largest,
separated from the others by a considerable interval, together form-
ing a line, slightly angular anteriorly, where they reach to about
opposite the centré of the choune, laterally passing a little the
outer margin of the choane. Tongue longitudinally oval, plice
radiating from behind. Head rather large, depressed, and a little
longer than broad ; eyes prominent. Body cylindrical-depressed.
When adpressed along the body, the limbs almost meet. Toes long, —
Carpal and tarsal tubercles indistinct. Tail somewhat compressed,
subround. Skin smooth; twelve costal grooves. Ground-colour —
dark brown; a broad light dorsal band; sides and lower surfaces
sprinkled with greyish. From snout to cloaca 58 millim. fy
Oregon ; California.
a 9? Oregon. Smithsonian Institution [P.]. —
12. Amblystoma paroticum, (Pxazz II. fig. 3.)
Amblystoma paroticum (Baird), Cope, Proc. Ac. Philad. 1a 4
p. 200; Strauch, Salam. p, 65. a
Palatine teeth in four scarcely interrupted series, the central — 4
forming a very open angle, the lateral extending externally be-
yond the outer border of the choanw. Tongue small, circular; —
plice radiating from behind. Head large, depressed, about as broad
as long, greatest width at angles of jaws, considerably constricted —
at the neck ; snout rounded, without canthus rostralis; eyes large, —
very prominent. Body rounded, rather short, twice and two thirds the ©
distance from snout togular fold. Limbs strong; adpressed against the — 4
body, the longest toe reaches the wrist-joint ; fingers and toes 4
moderate, depressed, latter more equal in length than in the other —
species of the genus ; carpal and tarsal tubercles indistinct Taila
little longer than head and body, strongly compressed, keeled, ending —
in a point. Skinsmooth; sides corrugated ; a distinct, large paro-
toid gland; a strong gular ‘fold ; a groove from eye to latter ; eleven
costal grooves. Uniform dark reddish brown, paler beneath. —
Total length ......... Bis 3's ke 144 millim.
From snout to cloaca............ OB in
TAOAG \. 5-5. Sine sega eee cee ceeds TO oes
Width of head er a eke ie thsN or ae
Fore limb 5 cigaeies scare se eeeee rs See
Hind limb see ee cleone raas e ys Wn
DBL © 55+: 8s ARO ee eee ieee Tawi
Vancouver’s Island and Washington Territory. =
a. 3? Vancouver's Island. Lieut.-Col. Hawkins [0 a
13. amBLysToMa. 49
13. Amblystoma aterrimum.
Amblystoma aterrimum, Cope, Proc. Ac. Philad. 1867, p. 201;
Strauch, Salam. p. 65.
The series of palatine teeth commence only opposite the middle
of the posterior margin of the choanz, and describe a slight curve
round their inner margins to a point just in advance of their ante-
rior, then turn abruptly inwards and slightly backwards, making a
right angle with their previous course; they converge, but do not
unite. Tongue large, plice radiating from behind. Head a broad
oval, intermediate in form between .A. tenebroswm and A. tigrinum ;
canthus rostralis distinct. Limbs very stout, just meeting when
laid along the side ; toes short and flattened. ‘ail short and stout,
much compressed, shorter than head and body. Gular fold well
marked; twelve indistinct costal grooves. Black above, lead-
coloured below. Total length 165 millim.
Northern Rocky Mountains.
. 14. Amblystoma tenebrosum.
Amblystoma tenebrosum, Baird § Gir. Proc. Ac. Philad, 1852,
p. 174, and U.S, Expl. Surv. xii. part ii. pl. 31, f. 1; Cope, Proc.
Ac. Philad. 1867, p. 202; Strauch, Salam. p. 65.
pu tenebrosa, Gir. U.S. Expl. Exped., Herp. p. 14, pl. 1.
f. 9-17.
Palatine teeth in two nearly straight series, each slightly convex
anteriorly, separated by a distinct interval; these series situated
just behind the line of the choanw, not extending beyond their outer
margin. Tongue large, plice radiating from behind. Head very
large, depressed, a little longer than broad; greatest width at
angles of jaws; snout long and broad, rounded, without canthus
rostralis; eyes large. Body somewhat depressed, three times the
distance from tip of snout to gular fold. Limbs strong; when
adpressed against the body the longest toe marks the wrist-joint ;
fingers and toes sliort, much depressed ; carpal and tarsal tubercles
indistinct. ‘Tail shorter than head and body, strongly compressed,
sharp-edged, except at the base, ending in a point. Skin smooth;
no parotoids; a strong gular fold; twelve costal grooves. Greyish
brown above, marbled with dark brown; dirty white beneath,
immaculate.
Total length ......,....... 150 millim.
. From snout to cloaca........ A
ORL tense Sh gee ass 6 aces y5 ast
Width of head 2... ke A SER
BORO TAURI ba gees) cscs ao 8 pe ee
RE I Sie Ce oa x a sis bs alge
SS. a ee ee? GG =,
Oregon ; California.
a. Her. 2. Sumass Lake N. A. Boundary Commission
(J. K. Lord).
E
50 SALAMANDRID&,
Siredon gracihs, Baird, Rep. U.S. Expl. Surv. xiii. part iv. p. 1s
pl. 44. f. 2, is perhaps the larva of A. tenebroswm. a
15. Amblystoma texanwn.
Salamandra texana, Matthes, Allgem. deutsche naturh, Zeitung,
1855, p. 266. if
Amblystoma texanum, Baird, U.S. Mex. Bound. Surv. ii. Rept. p. 28
pl. Hs f.15; Cope, Proc, Ac. Philad. 1867, p. 204; Strauch, Salan
p. 65. a
Palatine teeth forming an arched series between choane, extendin
to their anterior border, and not beyond their inner border 1
the lateral direction. Tongue small, (in young) plice radiatin
from behind. General proportions as in A. microstomum. He
oval, rather flattened and broad ; canthus rostralis somewhat market
Skin quite smooth; no parotoids; gular fold slight; fourtes
costal grooves. Above light brown, with a series of light spo!
along upper part of sides; these are small, and one between eat
pair of costal folds ; sides and belly yellow. Total length 95 mill
Texas. a
16. Amblystoma cingulatum.
Amblystoma cingulatum, Cope, Proc. Ac. Philad. 1867, p. 205
Strauch, Salam. p. 65. .
Differs from A. microstomum in the shape of the snout, which
narrowed and projects beyond the mandible. Black, the under s
faces thickly speckled with grey ; a vertical narrow grey line pas
between every pair of costal grooves, and meets its fellow ont
dorsal line, or bifurcates to meet a similar bifurcation in like mann
embracing an area; these narrow annuli extend nearly as f
forwards as the orbits, and surround the tail to its extremi
( Cope.)
South Carolina.
©. Uniform blackish. | New Orleans. | Edw. Doubleday, Esq. [Py
17. Amblystoma microstomum. (Prare II. fig. 4.)
Ambystoma porphyriticum, Hallow. Proc. Ac. Philad. 1856, p. 8 ¢
Salamandra porphyritica, Green). be
Amblystoma microstomum, Cope, Proc, Ac. Philad. 1867, p. 2
Strauch, Salam. p. 65. aa
Palatine teeth forming a slightly angular series, with convex
forwards, entirely between the choane. Tongue not very lal
oval, with a median longitudinal groove, from which the p
radiate. Head very small, very convex, slightly longer than bro
snout very short, broad, rounded, without canthus rostralis; lo
jaw projecting a little beyond the border of upper; eyes moder
Body cylindrical, much elongate, four and a half times the distar
from snout to gularfold. Limbs short, widely separated when |
: \—
oy
PLETHODONTIN A. 51
against body; fingers and toes moderate, cylindrical-depressed ; carpal
and tarsal tubercles indistinct. Tail shorter than head and body,
subcylindrical at the base, becoming strongly compressed at the end,
which is obtuse. Skin shining, minutely pitted; no parotoids; a
strong gular fold; fourteen costal grooves, extending across the
body. Brownish black, a little paler beneath, sometimes with
greyish lichen-like spots on the sides.
metal lone soe sss es wes 111 millim.
From snout to cloaca ....... 59 ,,
Be ene Pid Seeta ata 103 _ ,,
Maat Of head 2... es 94 ,,
BO IAD bows ite ve wc e ne 1K Gilet
BE SUID ans esate ge cess i) ng SF
BE Sch shnrl yb: 4 GMMR ook 6 Bee. 4s
United States—Austro-riparian and Eastern districts, west of the
Alleghanies.
a-c. 2. S. Illinois. . Smithsonian Institution [P. }.
(As Amblystoma jeffersonianum.)
d,e. &. N. America.
Axolotes maculata, Owen, Ann, & Mag. N. H. 1844, xiv. p. 23;
Gray, Cat. p. 50.
This larva I am not able to refer to any of the known species.
a. Mexico. Prof. R. Owen [P.].
Subfam. C. PLETHODONTINA.
Plethodontide, part., Gray, Cat. Batr. Grad.
Plethodontide, Bolitoglosside, Hemidactylide, Hallow. Journ. Ac.
Philad. (2) iti. 1858.
Spelerpine, Cope, Proc. Ac. Philad. 1859.
Plethodontidee, Cope, Journ. Ac. Philad. (2) vi. 1866, and Proc. Ac.
Philad. 1869.
Salamandrida Lechriodonta, part., Strauch, Rev. d. Salam., in Mém.
Ac. St. Pétersb. (7) xvi. no. 4.
Synopsis of the Genera.
I. Tongue attached along the median line to the anterior margin.
Maxillary and mandibular teeth very large, few in number, com-
MORNE Sa oe Sales elaine W 3 2 x's oles 14. Anaides, p. 52.
‘Teeth normal ; toes five.............. 15. Plethodon, p. 53.
Rds Dts 6 ain ad ered ds sabe ene 'orn 16. Batrachoseps, p. 58.
Il. Tongue free all round, attached by its central pedicel only.
ES eee ae Sa ae 17. Spelerpes, p. 60.
RE Rk Pa 6-5 oa Bx BVA Wai as 18. Manculus, p. 75.
r BQ
52 SALAMANDRIDE.
J
oe
14, ANAIDES. a
Anaides, Baird, Iconogr. Encyclop. ii. 1849, p. 256; Cope, Proc. Ae.
Philad. 1869, p. 109; Strauch, Salam. p. tL ‘ie
Tongue large, attached along the median line, the sides exten-
sively free. Palatine tecth in a chevron-shaped series behind the
choane ; parasphenoid teeth in an elongate patch. Maxillary and
mandibular teeth few in number, compressed, knife-shaped. Toes
five. Tail cylindrical. 4
Western North America. a
4
1. Anaides lugubris.
Taricha ? lugubris, Gray, Cat. P: 26.
td
Ambystoma punctulatum, 7d, 7 2. 37. he,
Salamandra lugubris, Hallow. Journ. Ac. Philad. 1848, p. 126.
Anaides lugubris, Baird, Iconogr. Encycl. ii. 1849, p. ; Baird &
Gir. Proc. Ac. Philad. ee 302; Baird, U.S. Explor. Exped.,
Herp. pl. i. f. 26-83, and Rep. U.S. Expl. Surv. xiii. part iy.
pl. 80. f.4; Cope, Proc. Ac. Philad. 1869, p. 109; Strauch, Salam,
p. 75. 7
Palatine teeth in two short series obliquely converging and meet-
ing behind, not extending outwards beyond the choane; para-
sphenoid teeth in an elongate patch, narrowed anteriorly. 10 to 12
teeth in the upper jaw, 6 to 10 in the mandible. Head oyal, longer
than broad, greatest width at temporal regions; snout narrowed,
truncate; eyes very large, prominent; interorbital space narrow;
maxillary outline strongly recurved posteriorly, much like what is’
seen in the Crocodiles. Body somewhat depressed, measuring twice ~
and a half to twice and a third the distance from tip of snout to gular”
fold. Limbs modevate, meeting when adpressed against the body;
fingers and toes free, dilated at the tips, inner short but well devye-
loped ; no carpal or tarsal tubercles. Tail about as long as head and
body, cylindrical, slightly compressed towards the end. Anal opening:
longitudinal, the borders not swollen, Skin smooth ; no parotoids ;
a strong gular fold; thirteen costal grooves. Dark brown or lead-
coloured above, yellowish white beneath; sides and limbs with
scattered whitish dots. .
Total LOnPG tees ss yale Seon es 154 millim.
From snout to cloaca .......... Leeper
Head 2) Ss tas ies ate eee | iy ae
Width of Fe 5 acwwies nwo cues ie
Fore limb sor ss cs sa doegres ee Bar “5
Hind limbs ices yeas oe eee a
Tall win Geet MIEN ee ie ot: eae
Pacific Region of North America.
14. anarprs.—-15. PLETHODON. 53
| a-b, c-d, Adult, hgr., & yg. California.
| e, Adult. Farallone Islands. Hr. Gruber.
= 7. Her. Monterey. (Type of Amby-
a : stoma punctulatum.)
_ g. Skeleton. California.
2. Anaides ferreus.
Anaides ferreus, Cope, Proc. Ac. Philad. 1869, p. 109.
} Smaller and more slender than the last. The parasphenoid
_ patch does not extend quite forwards to the middle of the orbits,
| and is much flatter and wider anteriorly than in A. lugubris. Body
slender, cylindric. Limbs, and especially digits, slender ; adpressed
_ to the side they fail to meet by the length of the fingers; thumb
| not distinct. Fourteen costal grooves. Sides and nape greenish grey ;
_ top of head and dorsal region behind in the form of a serrate band,
_ with the tail black; below yellowish brown, unspotted. Total
length 90 millim.
Oregon.
15. PLETHODON.
Plethodon, Tschudi, Batr. p. 92; Baird, Journ. Ac. Philad. (2) i.
p. 282; Gray, Cat. P. ; Dum. § Bibr. ix. p. 82; Cope, Proce.
Ac. Philad. 1869, p. 99; Strauch, Salam. p. 69.
Sauropsis, Fitzing. Syst. Rept. i. p. 33.
Cylindrosoma, part., Dum. & Bibr. p. 76.
Ensatina, Gray, Cat. p. 76.
“ery Girard, Proc. Ac. Philad. 1856, p. 140; Strauch, Salam.
Bisrcochilus, Cope, tl. c. p. 100.
Urotropis, Espada, An. Soc. Esp. iv. p. 70.
Tongue large, attached along the median line, extensively free
laterally and more or less behind. Palatine teeth in two more or
less distinctly arched series behind the choane; parasphenoidal
teeth in two elongate patches. Toes five. Tail subcylindrical or
compressed.
North America ; (one species in the valley of the Rio de la Plata ?).
Synopsis of the Species.
I. Parasphenoid patches well separated ; tongue free inits posterior
half.
11 costal grooves; the length of the
parasphenoid patches equals the dis-
tance from their anterior border to the
intermaxillary teeth; uniform brown. 1. oregonensis, p. 54.
11 costal grooves; the length of the
parasphenoid patches equals about
the distance from their anterior border
to the choanze; brown above, with
yellow spots ........ rear Smee 2. platensis, p. 55,
54 SALAMANDRIDZE.
13 costal grooves ; black, with red-orange
spots above; bright red-orange below. 3. croceater, p. 55.
I. Parasphenoid patches in contact throughout ; tongue, poste jor
border free.
13 costal grooves; palatine series very
oblique, not extending outwards be-
yond choane ; habit moderate ; black, ’
with large yellowish Brot sss sot 4, flavipunctatus, p. 55, —
14 costal grooves ; palatine series slightly a
oblique, extending outwards beyond
choane; habit moderate; black with
small greyish spots................ 5. glutinosus, p. 56.
13 costal grooves; palatine series not
extending outwards beyond choane;
body elongate, limbs weak; a broad
reddish-brown dorsal band.......... 6. intermedius, p. 57.
16-18 costal grooves ; palatine series not
extending outwards beyond choane;
body much elongate, limbs very weak ;
generally a reddish-brown dorsalband . 7. erythronotus, p. 57.
a
1. Plethodon oregonensis.
Ensatina eschscholtzii, Gray, Cat. p. 48 (nec Triton ensatus, —
Eschsch.). a
Heredia oregonensis, Girard, Proc. Ac. Philad. 1856, p. 235, and
U.S. Explor. Exped., Herp. pl. i. f. 18-25; Strauch, "Salam. p. 76
Plethodon ensatus, Cope, Proc. Ac. Philad. 1867, p. 167. 3
—— oregonensis, Cope, Proc, Ac. Philad. 1869, p. 100.
Palatine teeth in two strongly curved series, meeting at a ri
angle backwards, extending outwards a good deal beyond choa
parasphenoid teeth in two elongate patches diverging backws
well separated from each other posteriorly, and from palatine
series ; the length of the parasphenoid patches equals the distan:
from their anterior border to the intermaxillary teeth. Ton
very large, suboval, attached narrowly along the anterior half
the median line. Head moderate, convex, longer than b
greatest width at angles of jaws ; snout rounded, projecting a littl
beyond lower jaw ; margin of lower jaw slightly projecting below
the eyes; latter very large, prominent. Body cylindrical, sh
measuring only twice or twice and one third the distance from
of snout to gular fold. Limbs well developed; when laid ags
the body, the fingers and toes intercross ; fingers and toes moder
obtuse, free, inner very short; no carpal or tarsal tubercles. i
cylindrical at the base, slightly compressed at the end, a li
shorter than head and body. Skin smooth, shining; no parotoi
a strong, arched gular fold, meeting a rectilinear groove from
eye; eleven costal grooves. Uniform reddish brown, lighter be-
neath. a
15. PLETHODON. 55
5 Re ORB Ge te a ea 127 millim.
F From snout to cloaca .......... iy eae
it MMNRE PRS Sy, Sci cile% o aiw' eat Bes,
Wadth of head ne ee ee 123 ,,
PRINT sig: F159 gsi G a a 8's sel bes As Pas
OS Se ae a ae
MRD ee ane ae oS vate es ag ee 2 see
— Oregon; California.
a-e, 2& yg. Monterey. (Types of Ensatina eschscholtzit.)
| ee 2. Plethodon platensis.
Urotropis platensis, Espada, An. Soc. Esp, iv. p. 71, pl. 1.
_ General characters as in P. oregonensis, but the tongue smaller,
the parasphenoid patches shorter, and the inner fingers and toes
‘longer. Dark brown above, with irregular yellow spots ; lower sur-
faces of a dirty carneous tint.
Rio de la Plata (?)
3. Plethodon croceater.
Plethodon croceater, Cope, Proc. Ac. Philad. 1867, p. 210, & 1869,
p- 100; Strauch, Salam. p. 70.
Dentition and tongue as in P. oregonensis. Head very broad ;
snout truncate, projecting considerably beyond lower jaw; margin
of lower jaw projecting beyond upper below the eyes. Body and.
limbs as in P. oregonensis. Tail a little longer than head and body.
Skin very smooth; thirteen costal grooves. Colour pitchy black,
_ fading into bright red-orange below ; limbs orange, with a blackish
cross band below the knee; a large red-orange spot on each parotoid
region, and four smaller irregular similar spots on the body to base
of tail, on each side of and near the vertebral line ; a pair of orange
spots at base of tail and a distant series on the upper face of the
tail. Total length 125 millim.
Fort Tejon, California.
4. Plethodon flavipunctatus.
Plethodon flavipunctatus, Strauch, Salam. p. 71.
Palatine teeth in two very oblique series converging backwards,
separated from each other by a slight interspace, not extending out-
‘wards beyond choane ;. parasphenoid teeth in two elongate patches
in contact throughout, widely separated from the palatine teeth.
Tongue very large, posterior border free. Head rather long, with
a median longitudinal groove. Body cylindrical. Limbs as in
P. glutinosus, but the fingers more slender and more pointed. Tail
56 SALAMANDRID ZA.
cylindrical, a little shorter than head and body. Skin smooth ; thir-—
teen costal grooves. Black, with large irregular yellowish spots, more —
numerous on the sides and on the upper part of the tail, smaller on —
the throat and belly, absent on the upper surface of the head and
the lower surface of the tail. Total length 117 millim.
California.
5. Plethodon glutinosus.
Plethodon glutinosum, Gray, Cat. p. 89. q
Salamandra glutinosa, Green, Jowrn. Ac. Philed, i. p. 357; Holbr.
ih rao Herp. vy. p. 89, pl. 10; Dekay, N.Y. Faun., Rept. p. 81, —
Re aay A v2 3
ane variolata, Gilliams, Journ. Ac. Philad. i. p. 460.
cylindracea, Harlan, Journ. Ac. Philad. v. p. 156.
Plethodon glutinosus, Tschudi, Batr. p. 92; Cope, Proc. Ac. Philad.
1869, p. 100; Strauch, Salam. p. 70. q
Triton porphyriticus, Dekay, N.Y. Faun., Rept. p. 83, pl. 16. f. 37.
Cylindrosoma glutinosum, Dum. & Bibr. p. 80. :
Series of palatine teeth slightly curved, converging backwards
a very open angle, separated from each other by a wide interspace, —
extending outside of choan; parasphenoid teeth in two elongate —
patches in contact throughout, widely separated from the palatine —
teeth; the length of the parasphenoid patches equals the distance —
from their anterior border to the tip of the snout, or the distance
between the outer extremities of the palatine series. Tongue large, —
free in the posterior fourth of its extent. Head rather small, de- —
pressed, longer than broad ; greatest width at angles of jaws; snout —
rounded ; eyes large, prominent. Body cylindrical, elongate, thrice —
to thrice and two thirds the distance from stout to gular fold. Limbs —
moderate, not meeting-when adpressed against the body ; fingersand —
toes short, the tips slightly swollen; no carpal or tarsal tubercles. —
Tail cylindrical, about the length of head and body. Anal opening
longitudinal, the borders not swollen. Skin shining, closely pitted; —
parotoids indistinct; a strong gular fold; a more or less distinct —
rectilinear groove from eye to latter ; fourteen costal grooves. Black; —
generally with small greyish blotches, larger and sometimes con-
fluent on the flanks. ‘’
=~
Cc. .
d-e. d ? S. Carolina,
dciite
LOG AOR. is nak otek a 129 138 millim.
From snout to cloaca,....... 65>: Fo. hag
MIOOE spin Gist sie oth nate as 1: 18.
Width of head ............ 108. yoy
pee Hanh, «ai a aed acs 16) 2s
Se MASIL TUM). o aleenia cos aly prpsw 5 1B ae aes
1 1+7 BERR > ARR Re oD ae 01>
United States—Eastern and Austro-riparian districts.
a-b. 2. Ohio. <a
Pennsylvania. J. Green, Esq. {P.j,
if
sa pe
15. PLErHopon, © 57
_ frh. & & her. N. America. Edw. Doubleday, Esq. [P.].
Back N. America.
hk. 3. N, America. : Prof. St. George Mivart [P.].
6. Plethodon intermedius,
Plethodon intermedius (Baird), Cope, Proc, Ac. Philad. 1867, p. 209,
& 1869, p. 100; Strauch, Salam. p. 72.
Palatine teeth in two oblique series converging backwards, sepa-
rated from each other by a wide interspace, not extending outwards
beyond choanz; parasphenoid teeth in two elongate patches in
contact throughout, widely separated from the palatine tecth; the
length of the parasphenoid patches equals the distance from their
_ anterior border to the tip of the snout. Tongue large, posterior
border free. Head small, longer than broad; snout rounded; eyes
large, prominent. Body cylindrical, elongate, about thrice and a half
the distance from snout to gular fold. Limbs short ; fingers and toes
short, obtuse, free, inner rudimental; no carpal or tarsal tubercles.
Tail compressed, about the length of head and body. Skin smooth ;
parotoids indistinct; a distinct gular fold; thirteen costal grooves.
Colour as in P. erythronotus,
Total length.............. 81 millim.
From snout to cloaca ...... 40 ,,
1) ORE BO Gee: ae a oe oaaee
Width of head ............ BPs sic
UMS cc 2 ces enue wets oe
REO ITONY Fo. fafa w 0a ee bs ye
DP TEs 5 sek Ce x ie hae ok 41
Vancouver’s Island; British Columbia.
ab. 2 & yg. Fraser’s River. H.M.S. § Plumper,’
7. Plethodon erythronotus.
Ambystoma erythronotum, Gray, Cat. p. 37.
Salamandra erythronota, Green, Journ, Ac. Philad. i. p. 356; Holbr.
N. Amer. Herp. v. p. 43, pl. 11; Dekay, N.Y. Faun., Rept, p. 75,
pl. 16. f. 388; Wied, Nova Acta Leop.- Carol. xxxii. p. 126.
—— cinerea, Green, l. c.
Plethodon cinereus, 7'schudi, Baty. p. 92.
—— erythronotus, Baird, Journ. Ac. Philad. (2) i. p. 285; Dum. §
Bibr. p. 86; Cope, Proe, Ac. Philad. 1869, p. 100; Strauch, Salam.
p. 72.
Palatine teeth in two oblique series, converging backwards,
separated from each other by a wide interspace, not extending out-
wards beyond choanz ; parasphenoid teeth in two elongate patches
in contact throughout, widely separated from the palatine teeth;
the length of the parasphenoid patches is more than the distance
from their anterior border to the tip of the snout, or equals the dis-
58 SALAMANDRIDA.
tance between the anterior corners of eyes. Tongue large, free in q
the posterior half of its extent. Habit very slender. Head very
small, longer than broad ; snout rounded ; eyes rather large. Body
cylindrical, much elongate, four to five times the distance from
snout to gular fold. Limbs very weak; fingers and toes very short,
latter webbed at the base, with slightly swollen tips, inner rudi- —
mental; no carpal or tarsal tubercles. Tail generally about as —
long as head and body, cylindrical. Anal opening longitudinal, the
borders not swollen. Skin smooth; parotoids indistinct ; a distinet
gular fold; sixteen to eighteen costal grooves. Greyish or brownish
above, with or without a broad reddish-brown, black-edged longi-
tudinal band ; belly greyish, speckled with brown. a
roe ;
Lotel length. :..5. 5 sasnesk 82 ob millim.
From snout to cloaca .... 48 46 ,,
Bs re ieers Say 7 TF
Width of head.......... 6 CR
Fore dinth :cuiya:.: hens 8 Bens 8 P
Hind hinib iris sche 10 93
Tail: 2: jth, spas 39 49 -,,
East of the United States ; Canada.
a,b. B. New York.
c-e. 3 9. Ohio.
fA. dQ. ~ N. America. Edw. Doubleday, Esq. [P.].
co) N. America. —_T. Bell, Esq. [P.].
q-8, t-v. 6, 9, & yg. N. America. a
y-z. 2. N. America. — Prof. St.George Mivart [P.].
16. BATRACHOSEPS.
Hemidactylium, Tschudi, Batr. p. 94; Gray, Cat. p. 41; Cope, Proc.
Ae. Philad. 1869, p. 99; Strauch, Salam. p. 75.
Batrachoseps, Bonap. Faun. Ital. ; Gray, 1. ec. p.42; Cope, l. ¢. p. 98;
Strauch, l. ce. p. 84.
Desmodactylus, Dum. § Bibr. ix. p. 117.
Tongue oval, attached along the median line, more or less free
behind. Palatine teeth in a chevron-shaped series behind the ~
choane ; parasphenoid teeth in two elongate patches. Toes four.
North America.
Synopsis of the Species.
13 costal grooves ; belly yellowish, black-
SOOREO 5 ists. s bs pas on a 1. scutatus, p. 59. ll
18 costal grooves ; belly uniform yellowish 2. pacifieus,p.59.
20 costal grooves; belly black ........ 3. nigriventris, p. 60. —
20 costal grooves ; fore limb not reaching
angle of mouth; belly brown........ 4. attenuatus, p. 60.
16. BATRACHOSEPs. 59
1. Batrachoseps scutatus.
Hemidactylium scutatum, Gray, Cat. p, 41.
ae scutata, Schley. Faun. Japon., Amph. p. 119, and Abbild.
1, 40. f. 4-6.
= melanosticta, Gibbes, Bost. Journ. N. H. v. p. 89, pl. 10.
Hemidactylium scutatum, Tschudi, Batr. p.94; Hallow. Journ. Ae.
Philad. @) iii. p. 366 ; Strauch, Salam. p. 76,
Desmodactylus scutatus, Dum. § Bibr. p. 118.
—— melanostictus, Dum. § Bibr. p. 119.
Tongue free in its posterior third. Series of palatine teeth not
extending outwards beyond the choane ; parasphenoid patches long,
separated from each other and from palatine series by a distinct
interspace. Head small; snout short, rounded ; eyes large, mode-
rately prominent. Body cylindrical, elongate, measuring about thrice
and a half the distance from tip of snout to gular fold. Limbs very
weak ; fingers and toes very short, depressed, obtuse, united at the
base; no carpal or tarsal tubercles. ‘Tail subcylindrical at the
base, compressed towards the end, longer than head and body.
Anal opening longitudinal, the borders not swollen, Skin smooth;
no parotoids; a strong gular fold; a groove from eye to latter ;
thirteen costal grooves, joined to the vertebral line by other grooves,
' which are curved with the convexity backwards. Brown above; a
series of light dots, sometimes confluent, along each side of the back ;
yellowish beneath, with round black spots.
OPE AORGE 8F 05.5 isch 4e ts 76 millim.
From snout to cloaca....... ae
Pace Sees tase se deg
Wit OF NOAM 65). 6s ea ws 42 ,,
uC SL OE Saab. a A a oh sigs
UTS PIN iS Sonate seis 3 lve ° ays
ee aA e as sak We es 7S gate
United States—Rhode Island to Illinois, and to the Gulf of
Mexico.
a, Adult. Niagara.
b. Adult, N. America. Prof. St. George Mivart [P.].
2. Batrachoseps pacificus.
Hemidactylium pacificum, Cope, Proc. Ac. Philad. 1865, p. 195;
Strauch, Salam. p. 76.
Batrachoseps pacificus, Cope, Proc. Ac. Philad, 1869, p. 98.
Differs from the preceding in the number of costal grooves (seven-
teen or eighteen) ; these are not prolonged dorsally. Brown above,
yellowish beneath, uniform.
South California.
60 SALAMANDRID.
3. Batrachoseps nigriventris.
Batrachoseps nigriventris, Cope, Proc. Ac. Philad. 1869, p. 98.
Resembles the preceding in general proportions, but the limbs in
more rudimental condition. Costal grooves twenty or twenty-one,
extending to vertebral line, but not curved. Colour above deep brown,
separated abruptly from the black of the lower surfaces; tail black.
California.
a-b, Adult. Pataluma. Smithsonian Institution [P.1.
4. Batrachoseps attenuatus.
Batrachoseps attenuatus, Gray, Cat. p. 42.
Salamandrina attenuata, Eschsch. Zool. Atlas, p. 1, pl. 21. f. 1-14.
Batrachoseps attenuatus, Bonap. Faun, Ital. ; Cope, Proc. Ac. Philad.
1869, p. 98; Strauch, Salam. p. 85.
Tongue, posterior half free; anterior attachment very delicate,
easily torn. Palatine teeth in two very short series, not extending
outwards beyond the inner margin of the choanw, separated from _
parasphenoid patches ; latter confluent. Head small; snout short, —
rounded ; eyes moderately large. Body cylindrical, much elongate,
measuring about four times the distance from tip of snout to gular —
fold. Limbs very weak; digits very short, rudimentary, united.
Tail cylindrical, as thick as body, longer than head and body. Skin
smooth, shining; no parotoids; a strong gular fold; twenty costal
grooves; tail regularly ringed. Brown; a blackish band along
each side of the body ; back with diagonal darker cross lines.
Total Tenet © ouch ener 108 millim.
From snout to cloaca ........ cere
PRs ee gone Ni bie RD Gee 62 ,,
Width of head.............. Sua,
OG MUN oe aie cing a ee dias 6
TRIO WANG doe no's 2 Ok asc fe
cE Apa ce Re 4 a fie rae a OF esi,
United States, Pacific district.
a-c. Adult. San Francisco,
d-g. Adult & hgr, California.
h-k, Adult & her. —-?
17. SPELERPES*.
Spelerpes, Rajin. Atlantic Journal, no. 1, p. 22 ( fide Buird); Baird,
PFourn: Ac. Philad. (2) i. p. 283; Gray, Cat. p. 48 + Cope, Pree aae
Philad. 1869, p. 104; Strauch, Salam. p. 77.
Geotriton, Bonap. Faun. Ital. ; Tschudi, Batr. p. 93; Gray, Cat.p.47;
Dum. § Bibr. ix. p. 111; Cope, 1. e. p, 102.
Cylindrosoma, T'schudt, 1. ¢.
Oedipus, Tschudi, J. c.; Gray, Cat. p. 47; Cope, 1. ¢.
- * Salamandra haldemani, Holbr. N. Amer. Herp. y. p. 59, pl. 18.—Pennsyl-_ :
vania, Maryland, and Virginia.
Lees
Sl Sr
—
ae
17. SPELERPES. 61
Pseudotriton, Tschudi, 1. c. p. 94.
Saurocercus, Fitz. Syst. Rept. i. p. 34.
Batrachopsis, Fitz. /. ¢.
ee pee » Dum. § Bibr. p. 76.
Bolitoglossa, Dum. § Bibr. p. 88.
Oedipina, Keferst. Arch. f. Naturg. 1868, p. 299.
Ophiobatrachus, Gray, Ann. § Mag. N. H. (4) ii. p.297; Cope, l.c. p.101.
? Stereochilus, Cope, /.c. p. 100.
Gyrinophilus, Cope, /. ec. p. 108.
Tongue supported by the glossohyal pedicel, boletoid, free all
round. Palatine teeth in two series converging backwards ; para-
sphenoid teeth in one or two elongate patches. Toes five.
North and Central America ; three species in North-west South
America ; one in the West Indies.
Synopsis of the Species.
I. Limbs well developed.
A. Fingers and toes free; palatine teeth confluent with para-
sphenoid patches.
15-17 costal grooves ; no canthus rostralis ;
Bem, Diack-spotted . 0... cee eee ee 1. ruber, p. 62.
17 costal grooves; no canthus rostralis ;
almost black above, shaded with yellow ;
a light, black-margined band from axilla
RED ito SWAT Y Be alten ye KG 9 89 2. marginatus, p. 64.
16 or 17 costal grooves; canthus rostralis
well marked; greyish brown above, canthus
DAME 5 hae nielsca cies w's'dne Sid 3. porphyriticus, p. 64.
B. Fingers and toes free ; palatine teeth separated from para-
sphenoid patches, not extending exteriorly beyond choane.
13 costal grooves; tail very long; fingers
and toes rather slender; yellow, black-
spotted above; belly immaculate....... 4. longicauda, p. 64.
13 costal grooves; tail very long; fingers
and toes short; back with three black
MOMUMOIBAL PANGS (67. 05. Nk we ees ee 5. guttolineatus, p..65.
13 or 14 costal grooves; tail hardly longer
than head and body, compressed ; yellow,
with two latero-dorsal black lines ...... 6. bilineatus, p. 66.
21 costal grooves; tail subround; brown,
dorsal region darker ................: 7. multiplicatus, p. 67.
11 or 12 costal grooves; tail round; inner
digits rudimentary, wing-like.......... 8. chiropterus, p. 67.
C. Fingers and toes slightly webbed ; palatine teeth separated
from parasphenoid patches, extending exteriorly beyond
choane.
11 costal grooves; inner toe not distinct;
ARTOIS dibs sks Sle on 6s whe ae, ayes 9. cephalicus, p. 67.
62 SALAMANDRID ZH.
12 costal grooves; black, with lichen-like
BrOy VATIORAMON ins os Sak ee oe oe 10. leprosus, p. 68.
12 costal grooves; black, with two series of
yellow (or red) spots. .........2.-..5 11. belliz, p. 68.
D. Fingers and toes extensively webbed, the tips, however, S|
free.
10 or 11 costal grooves; series of palatine
teeth extending exteriorly beyond choanee ;
DIOWMIGH fi. ect anos ook ree 12. fuscus, p. 69.
12 or 13 costal grooves; series of palatine
teeth extending exteriorly beyond choane ;
black, with whitish dots .............. 13. morio, p. 70.
12 costal grooves ; series of palatine teeth not
extending exteriorly beyond choane ; black
or brown, with pale specks ............ 14. adspersus, p. 70.
KE. Fingers and toes united to the tips.
1. Series of palatine teeth not extending exteriorly beyond — A
choane,
12 costal grooves; body and tail short;
brown, white-speckled beneath ........ 15. rufescens, p. 71.
13 costal grooves; body and tail long; uni-
form :datk brown) vide: + i> essa eres 16, altamazonicus,
12 costal grooves; body and tail long ; [p. 71.
blackish, upper surfaces sprinkled with
BUOY soy daa Re das ci ok pe eS ae 17. yucatanicus, p. 72.
2. Series of palatine teeth extending exteriorly beyond
choane.
13 costal grooves; brown, sides blackish .. 18. infuscatus, p. 72.
12 or 13 costal grooves; blackish brown,
back yellow or with yellow markings.... 19. variegatus, p. 73.
17 costal grooves: black, with white spots.. 20. parvipes, p. 74.
IJ. Limbs extremely small, rudimentary ; body and tail worm-
like.
13 or 14 costal STOOV ERED No amkiws sits 21. lineolus, p. 74.
i9-oontal ptnoves. ... 2. eh ey ss hy tts vs 22. uniformis, p. 75.
1. Spelerpes ruber.
Spelerpes rubra, Gray, Cat. p. 45.
Salamandra rubra, Daud. Rept. viii. p. 227, pl. 92. f.2; Holbr. N.
ae ee v. p. 35, pl. 9; Dekay, N.Y. Faun., Rept. p. 80,
1. J
aoe maculata, Gireen, Journ. Ac. Philad. i. p. 350.
—— subfusca, Gireen, 1. c. p. 351.
—— rubriventris, Green, 1. c. p. 853 (nec eee
Pseudotriton subfuscus, Tschudi, Batr. ete
—— ruber, Baird, Journ. Ac. Philad. (2) i. p. 286.
pee Ts
ae,
ive aeaLAREEe. 63
___ Bolitoglossa rubra, Dum. 5 Bibr. p. 89, pl. 93. f. 2.
_ _ Pseudotriton flavissimus, Hallow. Proc. Ac. Philad. 1856, p. 130.
as ar ruber, Cope, Proc. Ac. Philad. 1869, p. 107 ; Strauch, Salam.
erty
a Larva:
we operculata, Pal. de Beauv, Amer. Phil. Trans. iv. p. 279, pl. —.
~ Proteus neoceesareanus, Green, 1. c. p. 358.
Series of palatine teeth extending outwards beyond choane, con-
fluent with parasphenoid patches; latter well separated, diverging
posteriorly. Head small, longer than broad, greatest width at angles
jaws ; snout short, rounded, without canthus rostralis ; eyes small.
Body thick, cylindrical, elongate, measuring thrice and a half to four
d a half times the distance from tip of snout to gular fold. Limbs
‘short; fingers and toes very short, obtuse, free ; no carpal or tarsal
reles. Tail shorter than head and body, cylindrical at the base,
igly compressed and keeled at the end. Skin smooth, shining ;
rotoids ; a strong gular fold; fifteen or sixteen costal grooves.
milion-red, the back sometimes brown, closely spotted with
rk brown; the spots absent or reduced to dots on the lower
‘races. oa. Q é
Total length .......... 120 166 millim.
From snout to cloaca.... 69 90. 45
EE ee eae 14 yi ACS
Width of head ........ 11 V4 iiss
OS i 123 1,
OO ee 16 aR
ei aE IF a eee 51 TOL
United States—LKastern and Austro-riparian districts.
3 yes 3, 9,& Near Philadelphia.
m. Skeleton. Philadelphia.
tC . Pennsylvania.
mo «69. Her. 8. Carolina. Prof. Verauxen [P.].
_ ps. 9. N. America. Dr. J. Green [P.].
me eu. 9. N. America.
+ vw, x-z. § & larve. N. America. Prof. St. George Mivart [P.1.
a-B. 3 & larva. Mexico (?). ¥
4 Var. montanus.
Pseudotriton montanus, Baird, Journ. Ac. Philad. (2) i. p. 298.
Head more elongate, occiput more convex; tail longer; seventeen
costal grooves.
Alleghany Mountains, from Pennsylvania to South Carolina.
Mr. Cope (/.c.) distinguishes another variety, S. sticticeps (Baird
_ MB&8.), from South Carolina, but does not characterize it.
2
64 SALAMANDRID&.
2. Spelerpes ? marginatus.
Pseudotriton marginatus, Hallow. Proc. Ac. Philad. 1856, p. 130.
Stereochilus marginatum, Cope, Proc. Ac. Philad, 1869, p. Ol. .
Spelerpes marginatus, Strauch, Salam. p. 83. <3
Dentition as in S. ruber. Head small, depressed; no canthus ros- —
tralis. Body slender, cylindrical. Extremities weak. Tail compressed, —
a little shorter than head and body. Costal grooves seventeen. —
Dark ash-colour above, almost black, shaded obscurely with yellow; —
a lateral band of dusky white margined with black on each side near —
the abdomen, extending from the anterior to the posterior extremities;
under parts dusky white, very Saag spotted or blotched be:
black. Total length 75 millim,
Georgia.
3. Spelerpes porphyriticus.
Spelerpes ? salmonea, Gray, Cat. p. 46.
Spelerpes? porphyritica, zd. aid.
eicices porphyritica, Green, Contr. Maclur, Lye. i. 1827, p. 7
salmonea (Storer), Holbr. N. Amer. Herp. vy. p. 83, pl. 8;
Dekay, N.Y. Faun., Rept. p. 76, pl. 16. £. 89. ?
Triton porphyriticus, Holbr. ie. p. 83, pl. 28.
Pseudotriton salmoneus, Baird, Journ. ’ Ac. Philad, (2) i. p. 287.
Ambystoma salmoneum, Dum. & Bibr. p. 110.
Gyrinophilus porphyriticus, Cope, Proc. Ac. Philad. 1869, P. 108,
Spelerpes salmoneus, Strauch, Salam. p. 383.
Besides certain osteological peculiarities which have been pointed _
out by Cope (premaxillary bones remaining distinct, basal bones well
separated, peculiar prootic squamosal crest) this species differs from
S. ruber in the larger eyes and the presence of a distinct canthus
rostralis. Sixteen or seventeen costal grooves. Purplish grey above, —
with small, rather indistinct darker marblings; canthus rostralis
paler. Lower surfaces dirty white, with or without brown dots. _
POA POMEUN 2 xe5-0 os ears 161 millim.
From snout to cloaca ...... 9B» “3
MR OUEE sack ar eescvchig a3 steal aoe oo LG a5
Width-of head «......6... pk: Sane
Hore Eta os 5.095 se eee os ae 2 Se
Hind: Tah. v2) eee ea Oh war
TE oo, eae ae eee Bb. <e
Alleghany Mountains, from New York to Alabama. ,
a-b. 2. Carlisle, Pennsylvania. Smithsonian Institution [P. }. X is
.
4, Spelerpes longicauda.
Spelerpes longicauda, Gray, Cat. p, 43, a
Salamandra longicauda, Gireen, Jowrn. Ac. Philad. i. p. 351 ; Holbr,
N. Amer. Herp. vy. p. 61, pl. 19; Dekay, N.Y. Faun, Rept, a
p- 78, pl. 17. f. 41. ae
a
17. SPELERPES, 65.
Spelerpes lucifuga, Rajfin. Atlant. Journ. i. 1832, p. 22 (fide Baird).
Bla ionttnn setone 7 Tschudi, Batr. p. 93. is e ”
Spelerpes longicauda, Baird, Journ. Ac. Piitad. (2) i. p. 287; Cope,
Proc, Ac, Philad. 1869, p. 107 ; Strauch, Salam. p. 82.
Cylindrosoma longicaudatum, Dum. § Bibr. p. 78.
Palatine teeth forming a short chevron, not extending externally
beyond choan, separated from parasphenoid patches by a large
_ interspace; parasphenoid patches separated, scarcely diverging pos-
_ teriorly. Head small, longer than broad, greatest width at angles
of jaws; snout rounded, without canthus rostralis; eyes rather
large. Body cylindrical, elongate, measuring from thrice to thrice
and a half the distance from tip of snout to gular fold. Limbs short;
fingers and toes rather slender, free ; no carpal or tarsal tubercles.
_ Tail much longer than head and body, slightly compressed, keeled
__ above, becoming very thin towards the end. Skin smooth, shining ;
no parotoids; gular fold distinct, arched, with the convexity for-
_ wards; thirteen costal grooves. Yellow; upper surfaces with small
black spots, which may be confluent in narrow cross bands on the
_ tail; belly immaculate.
dg. 2.
Doeal length. 22". o... 2 133 144 millim.
From snout to cloaca .... 49 BOs
BED aa sg sts exe + <2 - 94 92 ,,
Width of head.......... 7 ‘ine
: OCG UN. ko eo inte o-0-«0'0 14 AS a3
~ TS ee 16 ee
Mg AES Ve ois ss hs 6s 84 94 ,,
United States—Eastern and Austro-riparian districts, except Texas
a,b. 3 & her. Ohio.
¢ Her. N. America. Dr. J. Green [P.].
—d-e SQ. N. America. Edw. Doubleday, Esq. [P.].
j. d. N. America. Lord Ampthill [P.}.
m2. N. America. Prof, St. George Mivart[ P.].
h, Her. Mexico (?).
5. Spelerpes guttolineatus.
Spelerpes guttolineata, Gray, Cat. p. 45.
Salamandra guttolineata, Holbr. N. Amer. Herp. v. p. 29, pl. 7.
Spelerpes guttolineatus, Baird, Journ. Ac. Philad. (2) 1. p. 287 ; Cope,
Proc. Ac. Philad. 1869, p. 107; Strauch, Salam. p. 82.
Cylindrosoma guttolineatum, Dum. § Bibr. p. 79.
Very closely allied to the preceding, differing only in the shorter
fingers and toes and coloration. Yellowish above; back with
_ three black longitudinal bands, as wide as the interspaces between
_ them; the two outer bands commence from the eye and extend
along the side of the tail; a few light dots on these bands, one be-
_ tween each two costal grooves; greyish beneath, clouded with
darker.
F
66 SALAMANDRIDZE.
Fotallengen: 256s nA sees 149 millim,
From snout to cloaca ....... ‘alg eee
BUCA Sts signee vats vere ties eee cB eae
Width ob Dead. pac ss skests 81 ,,
Hore: Minh .\6i05 49s sai is wae wis Ae nae
Fmd limb.’ bis Sek aiken ves yA: Somes
PO inic§ Csnwekoeeac awe tee OF
North and South Carolina, Georgia, and Alabama.
a. 3. N. America.
bo. N. America. Prof. St. George Mivart [P.].
6. Spelerpes bilineatus.
Spelerpes cirrigera, Gray, Cat. p. 44.
Spelerpes bilineata, 7d. ibid.
Salamandra bilineata, Green, Journ. Ac. Philad. i. p. 352; Holbr. —
N. Amer. Herp. v. p. 55, pl. 16; Dekay, N.Y. Faun., Rept. p. 79, —
pl. 28. f. 67.
—— flavissima, Harlan, Amer, Journ. 1826, p. 286.
—— cirrigera, Green, Journ, Ac. Philad, iv. p. 253; Holbr. 1. e.
. 58, pl. 16.
Baiee bilineatus, Baird, Journ. Ac. Philad. (2) i. p. 287 ; Cope,
Proc. Ac, Philad. 1869, p. 107; Strauch, Salam. p. 82; Cope,
Amer. Nat. iv. p. 401.
cirrigerus, Baird, 1. c.; Strauch, l. e.
Bolitoglossa bilineata, Dum. § Bibr. p. 91.
Palatine teeth forming a short chevron, not extending externally —
beyond the choang, separated from parasphenoid patches; latter —
separated. Head small, longer than broad; snout rounded, without —
canthus rostralis; eyes rather large. Body cylindrical, elongate,
measuring about thrice and a half the distance from tip of snout to
gular fold. Limbs short; fingers and toes moderate, free; no carpal
or tarsal tubercles. Tail as longas, or not very much longer than, ©
head and body, compressed, keeled, ending in a point. Skin
smooth, shining ; no parotoids ; gular fold strong, arched, with the —
convexity forwards ; thirteen or fourteen costal grooves. Yellowish ©
brown above, with two lateral dark brown bands, commencing from —
the eyes and extending along the tail ; sometimes a very narrow —
dark brown vertical line; lower surfaces yellowish, immaculate,
a
Total length ............ 67 84 millim.
From snout to cloaca .... 35 Py ene
ORK. ck eae Ra cde s vides 6 O55
Width of head .......... 4 4i ,,
Fore limb Wii). Sis Ey ar 8 wes
Hinid limb oi sta a 10 93 ,,
Pail, i250 woe aeeek piekah Mabe 46,
17. SPELERPES. 67
United States—Eastern and Austro-riparian districts, except Texas.
mo. 9. United States.
io. 3. aay
7. Spelerpes multiplicatus.
Spelerpes multiplicatus, Cope, Proc, Ac. Philad. 1869, p. 106.
Palatine teeth forming short series, each rather suddenly bent
backwards, not extending outwards beyond choanw, well separated
_ from parasphenoid patches ; latter separated. General proportions
as in Batrachoseps scutatus. Head flat; snout rather thick and
short. Fingers and toes free, short, especially inner and outer. Tail
alittle compressed and considerably thickened, keeled at the end.
__ Twenty-one costal grooves. Brown, inferior surfaces paler ; some-
| times the brown colour forms a broad dorsal band with dark points ;
_ the sides are of a pinkish grey, and the under surfaces light yellow.
Total length 82 mili.
Arkansas.
8. Spelerpes chiropterus.
Spelerpes 3 chiropterus, Cope, Proc. Ac. Philad, 1863, p. 54, and 1869,
p. 106; Strauch, Salam. p. 83.
— orculus, Cope, Proc. Ac. Philad. 1865, p. 196; Strauch, 1. c.
Series of palatine teeth arched, not extending outwards beyond
~ the choanz, separated from parasphenoid patches ; latter separated.
Head moderate; snout truncate. Body moderately elongate, mea-
suring not quite three times the distance from snout to gular fold.
Limbs moderate; fingers and toes short, free; a prominent wing-
like rudiment only of the inner digit on both pairs of extremities.
Tail cylindrical, slightly longer than head and body. Skin smooth ;
a distinct gular fold; eleven (or twelve) costal grooves. Dark
brown aoove, with or without a reddish or yellow dorsal band;
sometimes uniform black. The single specimen at my disposal
is dark brown above, with two yellow dorsal bands, narrower
than the space between them, commencing on the parotoid region,
uniting and continuing on the tail; the lower surfaces light brown.
Head and body 24 millim.; tail 26 millim.
Mexico.
a. Her. —! Prof. St. George Mivart [P.].
9. Spelerpes cephalicus.
Spelerpes cephalicus, Cope, Proc. Ac. Philad, 1865, p. 196, and
1869, p. 108; Strauch, Salam. p. 83.
The shortest and stoutest species of the genus, the form being more
that of Amblystoma opacum. Series of palatine teeth nearly straight,
not in contact, externally extending beyond choane, separated from
F2
9
= ey
68 SALAMANDRID.
parasphenoid patches; latter distinct from each other. Snout rounded,
truncate. Posterior limb stout; fingers and toes flat, depressed, —
margined, inner very rudimental. Tail a little shorter than head
and body, swollen, little compressed, constricted at base. Skin
everywhere finely wrinkled; a gular fold; eleven costal grooves.
Colour dull black, paler on the sides ; lips and gular region minutely —
marbled with ashen. Total length 65 millim.
Mexico.
10. Spelerpes leprosus.
Spelerpes leprosus, Cope, Proc. Ac. Philad. 1869, p. 105.
Palatine teeth in two slightly arched series, extending externally
beyond choane, separated from parasphenoid patches by a slight
interspace ; parasphenoid patches narrow, well separated, diverging
posteriorly. Head moderate, depressed, longer than broad ; greatest
width at angles of jaws ; mouth rounded, without canthus rostralis ;
q
i
}
4
eyes moderately large. Body cylindrical, measuring three to three —
and a half times the distance from tip of snout to gularfold. Limbs
rather weak ; fingers and toes short, depressed, webbed at the base,
inner very short. ‘Tail cylindrical, about the length of head and
body. Skin smooth, closely pitted; no parotoids; gular fold dis- —
tinct; twelve costal grooves. Black; sides of body and tail, and
sometimes back, splotched lichen-like with grey.
é. le
Total length............ 91 105 millim,
From snout to cloaca .... 46 at: Pe?
2 CEG A Sim he ear, ACT A 93 ce
Width of head.......... 8 * a
VOLOUMND 6 5 koe oo ae ee 0 es
RAIHO SRD oo cs boas faye 15 1 Baie
HAL ie ies inks sh SG wile as 45 52. 4
Mexico
a-d. 6 Q. Mexico. M. Sallé bat r
e-g. 3d & yg. Jalapa. Mr. Hoege [C.].
11. Spelerpes bellii.
Spelerpes bellii, Gray, Cat. p. 46.
Bolitoglossa mexicana, Dum. § Bibr. p. 93, pl. 104. f. 2.
Spelerpes bellii, Cope, Proc. Ac. Philad. 1 60, p. 372, and 1869,
p- 105; Strauch, Salam. p. 84.
Palatine teeth in two slightly arched series, extending externally — i
beyond choane, separated from parasphenoid patches by a small —
interspace; parasphenoid patches well separated, diverging pos- e
teriorly. Head moderate, depressed, slightly longer than broad,
greatest width at angles of jaws; snout short, rounded, without
aK
canthus rostralis; eyes large. Body slightly depressed, measuring 4
17. sPELERPEs. 69
__ thrice to thrice and two thirds the distance from tip of snout to
_ gular fold. Limbs moderate ; fingers and toes very short, depressed
very obtuse, united at the base. Tail thick, cylindrical, about the
ve length of head and body. Skin smooth, closely pitted ; no parotoids ;
_ ayertical groove behind angle of jaws, crossed by a horizontal groove
extending from posterior corner of eye to gular fold; latter strong ;
twelve costal grooves. Black ; back with two series of yellow spots
(red during life), which may unite and form regular chevrons :
_ these spots sometimes very close together, separated by linear black
____interspaces resembling scutes.
Hi M 3. 2 .
oye Totallength............ 176 205 millim.
: From snout tocloaca .... 91 1O1- "3;
SEE paar peer 17 ty eee
Width of head.......... 15 1
Peete ie eel ones 21 24 ~(C«,
Hind limb eieveu ae 24. —C«y
2 a eada ony cha 85 104,
Mexico. Th, Bell, Esq.[P.]. (Type.)
Mexico.
City of Mexico. Mr. Doorman [C.].
Putla. M. Boucard [C.].
Jalapa. Mr. Hoege [C.].
q @ 12, Spelerpes fuscus.
Geotriton fuscus, Gray, Cat. p. 47.
Geotriton fuscus, Bonap. Faun. Ital.; Gené, Syn. Rept. Sard. p. 282 ;
Dum. §& Bibr. p. 112; De Betta, Mem. Ist. Venet. ii. p. 582;
Cope, Proc. Ac. Philad. 1869, p. 102; De Betta, Faun. Ital., Rett.
Anf. p. 84; Wiedersh. Ann. Mus, Gen. vii. p. 106.
Salamandra genei, Schleg. Faun. Japon., gk p-. 115, and Abbild.
p. 122, pl. 39. f. 5-7.
Geotriton genei, Tschudi, Batr. p. 94, pl. 5. f. 3.
Spelerpes fuscus, Strauch, Salam. p. 83; Schretb. Herp. Eur. p. 66.
Palatine teeth in two slightly arched series, extending externally
_ beyond choane, separated from parasphenoid teeth; latter in two
‘patches close together anteriorly, diverging posteriorly. Head
moderate, longer than broad; snout truncate, with distinct canthus
rostralis and very oblique loreal regions; a more or less marked
_ swelling below each nostril, remnant of the cirrhus apparently
common to the young of all the species of this genus; in the young
_ the nostril is enormously large, as in the genus Thorius; eye rather
’ large, prominent. Body short for the genus, measuring only about
twice and a half the distance from tip of snout to gularfold. Limbs
- moderate, meeting when laid against the body; fingers and toes
short, the tips very obtuse, almost truncate, half webbed; no carpal
or tarsal tubercles. ‘Tail cylindrical, shorter than head and body.
70 SALAMANDRID®,
Skin smooth, porous; no parotoids; a strong gular fold; a groove
from the eye to the latter; ten or eleven costal grooves. Brown or
olive above, frequently with indistinct lighter markings ; light brown
beneath, uniform or speckled with darker.
3. Q.
Total length. ..:........ 96 84 millim.
From snout to cloaca .... 54 46s '
Mead! (S20 9ee sees 12 IO UES, '
Width of head.......... 9 Biwi g,
Fore dase, so cy oss 16 14 ».,
BmGd tag = 5); eae Fe © 18 Lo Fue,
ESL ok te) .ts | Rs lo 42 Sc en
Italy ; France, Alpes Maritimes.
a-b, 9 & hgr. Italy. J. J. Bianconi [P.1.
c-e. 3, hgr., & yg. Spezia. Marquis G. Doria {P..
13. Spelerpes morio.
Oedipus morio, Cope, Proc. Ac. Philad. 1869, p. 103.
Dentition as in S. fuscus. Head rather small, longer than broad ;
snout slightly truncate, without canthus rostralis; eye moderate.
Body elongate, measuring about three times the distance from tip of
snout to gular fold. Limbs rather weak, not meeting when ad-
pressed ; fingers and toes very short and broad, truncate, webbed,
the tips free. Tail cylindrical, about the length of head and body.
Skin smooth, porous ; no parotoids; a strong gular fold; twelve or
thirteen costal grooves. Black, with indistinct whitish dots.
pL POTTS. .e a ciate 35 See 97 millim.
From snout to cloaca ............ 50 me
PURI S slayenn Seo R eye ao 92 =,
Widti\OL ea oss oe hs co ee 74 yy
Fore Limi ieee. a alee ee 12 <4
Hing Ware ssi oe ki SR k 13 “
ch Rene rei Pa teenie) CORTE, Mar = 47
Mexico; Guatemala.
a-c. 9, hgr., & yg. Jalapa, Mexico. Mr. Hoege [C.]. —
14, Spelerpes adspersus.
Spelerpes (Oedipus) adspersus, Peters, Mon. Berl. Ac. 1863, p. 468 ;
Strauch, Salam. p. 84.
Oedipus adspersus, Cope, Proc. Ac. Philad. 1869, p. 103.
Palatine teeth forming a short, very open chevron, not extending
externally beyond choanm, separated from parasphenoid teeth ; lattes &
forming a pyramid-shaped patch, notched posteriorly. Head as in
S. fuscus. Body measuring about three times the distance from tip
+
17. SPELERPEs, 71
of snout to gular fold. Limbs weak, not meeting when adpressed;
_ fingers and toes very short and broad, truncate, webbed, the tips
free; no carpal or tarsal tubercles. Tail cylindrical, shorter than
head and body. Skin smooth; no parotoids; gular fold strong ;
_ twelve costal grooves. Black or dark brown, with pale specks
which may form series on the back.
Dimensions given by Peters :—
SMM MOIEUIN np he ck kesh ele 79 millim.
From snout to claoca .......... 42 na
ME aN a de a (ove a bales eee 9 x
Width of head.... 7
AREER G ERIM Bae es pale ae 10 ‘ss
MRPs: hcscc ck xiph tp inv be ed 103,
RS IRGR 35 1 MRS eg sraae 37 a
a Colombia.
Fig a-b. Adult, not good state. Bogota. Prof. Peters [P.].
| 15. Spelerpes rufescens.
Oedipus rufescens, Cope, Proc. Ac. Philad, 1869, p. 104.
Spelerpes (Oedipus) lignicolor, Peters, Mon. Berl. Ac. 1873, p. 617.
Dentition as in S. adspersus. Head small, longer than broad;
snout truncate, without canthus rostralis; eye moderate. Body
short, measuring not quite three times the distance from tip of snout
to gular fold. Limbs weak, not meeting when adpressed ; fingers
_ and toes entirely united; no carpal or tarsal tubercles. Tail
cylindrical, shorter than head and body. Skin smooth; no parotoids ;
a distinct gular fold; twelve costal grooves. Brown, white-speckled
beneath; a triangular darker marking on the nape.
PAT INE.) cvs ever le e's «0 Xs *... 52 millim.
From snout to cloaca .......... 30 *
I Nic sinless Wa citi so made 0 7
AO OF MGA icc oe kes etre 0’ 5 -
MIAMI 5500 ih 5. 6a e 0Po. ete ws ocui Th 55
Ey ohare ives as Vine wna 9 i
RNR Te) i aip aia g': kee sa x. 0 § 22 re
Mexico, Vera Cruz; Chiriqui.
a, Her. —?
16. Spelerpes altamazonicus.
Oedipus altamazonicus, Cope, Proc. Ac. Philad. 1874, p. 120.
Palatine teeth in two short arches meeting in the middle, not
___ extending outwards beyond choanz, separated from the parasphenoid
teeth; latter forming a single patch anteriorly. Head an elongate
oval; end of snout tumid, notched in the middle. Body elongate.
i
vb] SALAMANDRID&.
Limbs weak; digits palmate to the tips. Tail long, swollen at the 1
base, a vertical oval in section. Skin smooth, porous; thirteen
costal grooves. Uniform dark brown.
oral tenet 26s Ci eas eis bee 82 millim.
Flead and. ‘body 2. 2.5025 35% ek 40 Pe
Head soca spake ewe es he 7 RY
Width of head’<53 ee as pea 5 a.
P Ore UBD, 65 sss oe baes Ses 7
Nauta, Upper Amazon.
17. Spelerpes yucatanicus.
Palatiue teeth in two slightly arched series meeting in the middle, —
not extending outwards beyond the choane, separated from the —
parasphenoid teeth; latter in a single, pyramidal patch. Head —
small, depressed, longer than broad; snout rounded, without canthus ~
rostralis; eye moderately large. Body rather depressed, elongate, —
measuring thrice and a half the distance from snout to gular fold. —
Limbs weak; fingers entirely united. Tail thick, cylindrical, as —
long as head and body. Skin smooth, porous; gular fold distinct;
twelve costal grooves. Blackish brown; upper surfaces sprinkled
with grey, lichen-like; lower surfaces with grey specks, some % L
which are confluent into short longitudinal lines,
Total length ..<. s+: nibs at 107 millim,
From snout to cloaca .......... 56 <i
Head deverasice) 3s 'sha(e a lele es eisiade «same 10 ”
Width of head .............+.. Tee
Ford TG |. «0's cens eee ces 12 i
TTifG MARU. >, «aca pis CI as Boe 13 ae
EN sks cca Be sien ant eats ial 51 vi
Yucatan.
a 3. Yucatan.
18. Spelerpes infuscatus.
Spelerpes (Oedipus) infuscatus, Peters, Mon. Berl. Ac. 1879, p. 778.
Palatine teeth series extending outwards beyond the choane, sepa-
rated from parasphenoid teeth; latter inasingle patch. Body elongate;
length of head and body equals seven times the width of the head.
Limbs weak; digits entirely webbed. Gular folds distinct; thirteen
costal grooves. Brown, sides blackish.
Total length (tail injured) ...... 43 millim.
From snout to cloaca .......... 21 Pa
Head oi 3° aan wats Say eee 4, ,,
Width of Lomita 2.5 04s sana 3 4
Fore limb .iteenguaes scenes ics a #4
Hind limb. .-s450 «5 ee nasa 4
Hayti.
se
|
*
,
;
17. SPELERPES. 73
19. Spelerpes variegatus.
Oedipus variegatus, Gray, Cat. p. 48.
? Oedipus platydactylus (Cwv.), Tschudi, Batr. p. 93.
Salamandra variegata, Gray in Griff. A. K. ix. p. 107.
Bolitoglossa mexicana, part., Dum. § Bibr. pl. 104. fig. 1.
Geotriton carbonarius, Cope, Proc. Ac. Philad. 1860, p. 373.
Oedipus salvinii, Gray, Ann. § Mag, N. H. (A) ii. p. 297.
— carbonarius, Cope, Proc. Ac. Philad. 1869, p. 103.
Spelerpes variegatus, Strauch, Salam. p. 84.
—— salvyinii, Strauch, l.c.
—— sp., Miiller, Verh. naturf. Ges. Basel, vi. p. 645, pl. 3. figs. C, D.
Series of palatine teeth extending outwards beyond the choane,
separated from the parasphenoid teeth ; latter forming a single patch,
with or without a distinct notch posteriorly. Head small, longer
than broad, depressed; snout rounded, slightly truncated; eyes
moderately large. Body elongate, measuring thrice and a half to
thrice and two thirds the distance from tip of snout to gular fold.
Limbs weak ; digits very short, entirely united; no carpal or tarsal
tubercles. Tail cylindrical, generally longer than head and body.
Skin smoeth, shining, porous; no parotoids; a distinct gular fold;
twelve or thirteen costal grooves. Black; back and head generally
yellow (red ?), or with yellow spots or bands.
7 Bib in, i.e
Total length ............ 175 =184 millim.
From snout to cloaca .... 84 88 a
OT SR I Soe aaa 14 15 ‘
Width of head .......... 12 13 oo
RSS Sa are ar as 20 19 Le
EG ae a ae te a 20 20 “5
EE GRE ON a oa eS 91 96 os
Central America.
The specimens may be referred to the following varieties of color-
ation :—
A. Blackish brown, with two longitudinal yellow bands.
a. 3, bleached. Mexico. (Type.)
B. Blackish brown ; head, back, and upper surface of tail yellow,
with or without a few small black spots.
b Ss. Mexico. (Type.)
oD: Mexico,
d-f. 9 & her. Mexico. M. Sallé [C.}.
g-h. 3? & her. Cordilleras.
4. Oi City of Mexico. Mr, Doorman [C.].
ke Q. Orizaba.
1. Yg. Jalapa. Mr. Hoege [C.].
Q. Blackish brown ; head, back, and upper surface of tail yellow,
with large irregular black spots, with a very narrow white
margin.
m. 3. Guatemala. O. Salvin, Esq. [C.].
(Type of Oedipus salvinit.)
n. 2. Guatemala. O. Salvin, Esq. [C.].
74 SALAMANDRID.
D. Blackish brown, with few irregular yellow spots on head,
back, and base of tail,
0 2, Pacific coast of Guatemala. . Salvin, Esq. [C.].
E. Blackish brown ; head vermiculated with yellow ; upper surface —
of back and tail with scute-like yellow spots, asin some speci- —
mens of S. belli; limbs, sides, and lower surfaces closely —
speckled with grey.
Pp. ‘é Mexico, M, Sallé [C.].
20. Spelerpes parvipes.
Spelerpes (Oedipus) parvipes, Peters, Mon. Berl. Ac. 1879, p. 778.
Series of palatine teeth extending outwards beyond the choansw, —
separated from the parasphenoid teeth ; latter forming a single patch. —
Body much elongate; head and body measuring eleven times the —
width of the head. Limbs very weak; fingers and toes little developed, —
united. Tail longer than head and body. Gular fold distinet;
seventeen costal grooves. Black; upper surface of. head chiefly —
white; gular fold white ; belly and sides of tail blotched with white; —
arm, elbow, and base of thigh with a white spot. (
Total lengthy cs 503 sss ene 100 millim.
From snout to elpate os. Sea Nees 44 ms
Fog Bion oh hl an bo 7 se
Widthiof tiead. «0.5. saints ee 4 =
Fore ges. oo. eae eee ee 6 ‘ss
PARTE, TIME six 0\s Pictehe Bei peers ae 9 ig
RRS cap ntits sy aed slgaw oatcenet a ela ata 56 ‘
Colombia.
21. Spelerpes lineolus,
Speerpes lineolus, Cope, Proc. Ac. Philad. 1865, p. 197; Strauch,
Salam. p. 83.
Opheobatrachus lineolus, Cope, eod. loc. 1869, p. 101.
Palatine teeth forming a chevron, extending outwards slightly —
beyond the choanx, separated from parasphenoid teeth; latterin —
two patches, confluent anteriorly, diverging posteriorly. Habit
worm-like. Head very small, longer than broad; snout rounded, —
without canthus rostralis; eyes rather large. Body much elongate,
cylindrical, measuring four and a half to five times the distance from
tip of snout to gular fold. Limbs extremely weak; digits rudimental.
Tail at least twice as long as head and body, cylindrical, as thick —
as the body in a considerable portion of its extent. Skin smooth, —
shining; no parotoids; a distinct gular fold; thirteen or fourteen —
costal grooves. Uniform black, q
18. MANCULUS. 75
MOTIIS cS’ iys scyiks ea ses 121 millim.
From snout to cloaca .......... BG} ai,
1 SAL AGS, IRR cr Sg Cea Nw > eee
NV Tati OL NES. se. ee ees ole
REREAD Sh Cd gee Set sie sie 34 Cs,
REMIND sey Rika ek ee ola a 5
MER ets ret erates sci el kG s.% 85" bay;
Mexico
_ a. Adult. Orizaba.
: . Adult. Mexico. M. Sallé [C.]}.
22. Spelerpes uniformis.
Oedipina uniformis, Keferst. Arch. f. Naturg. 1868, p. 299.
Ophiobatrachus vermicularis, Gray, Ann. § Mag. N. H. (4) ii. 1868,
. 298,
Opheobatrachus vermicularis, Cope, Proc. Ac. Philad. 1869, p. 102.
Spelerpes uniformis, Strauch, Salam. p. 84.
_ Differs from the preceding in the following characters :—Parasphe-
noid teeth in a single patch. Habit more worm-like still. Tail as
thick as the body in its whole extent, rounded at the end. Nine-
teen costal grooves.
|S RS te eee 178 millim.
From snout to cloaca .......... 54 —C«,
eg Nae ares ose cu0 4 oo ome eleane
URUGIIOE MOOD Gyn se psn cee cae 34 Cs,
RM she's Sark hint ko wa ere ae
MEAN a cals ns <> vx ence w= 4h,
Eee PAG Ga Go ec, s:u'e ie was 124 ,,
Costa Rica.
a. Adult. Costa Rica. O. Salvin, Esq. [C.]. (Type of
Ophiobatrachus vermicularis.)
18. MANCULUS.
Batrachoseps, part., Gray, Cat. p. 42; Strauch, Salam. p. 84.
Manculus, Cope, Proc. Ac. Philad. 1869, p. 101.
Tongue supported by the glossohyal pedicel, boletoid, free all
round. Palatine teeth in two short series, converging backwards ;
parasphenoid teeth in two elongate patches. Toes four.
North America.
1. Manculus quadridigitatus.
Batrachoseps quadridigitatus, Gray, Cat. p. 42.
Salamandra quadridigitata, Holbr. N. Amer. Herp. v. p. 65, pl. 21.
Batrachoseps quadridigitatus, Baird, Journ. Ac. Philad. (2) 1. p. 287;
Strauch, Salam. p. 85.
Manculus quadridigitatus, Cope, Proc. Ac. Philad. 1869, p. 101.
76 SALAMANDRID.
Palatine teeth in two very short series, converging posteriorly,
touching the parasphenoid teeth; latter in two well-separated series,
strongly diverging posteriorly. Head small, longer than broad;
snout rounded, without canthus rostralis; eyes large. Body elon-
gate, nearly four times the distance from tip of snout to gular fold.
Limbs weak; fingers and toes rather slender, free. Tail longer
than head and body, cylindrical, slightly compressed at the end.
Skin smooth ; no parotoids; gular fold strong, strongly arched, with
the convexity forwards; fifteen costal grooves. Light brown; a
dark brown lateral band commencing from the eye.
Oba eR eth |. oe tai ao sob wk oe 69 millim.
From snout to cloaca ............ 28 ny
Bead io os ass ecltace dee 6S
Width of head.ai 3. seen Ss ceck. 3 Shy
Fore limb 92 i ness oe th pier eee 8p) ies
Hind Haein. Wats ey hata (Ate
PRUE Fee ect ee eA EN ie AT
North Carolina to Florida. _
a, Adult. N. America. Prof. St. George Mivart [P.].
2. Manculus remifer.
Manculus remifer, Cope, Report Peabody Acad. for 1869, p. 84.
Differs from the preceding in the following characters: —Parasphe-
noid teeth well separated from palatines. Body shorter. Tail
shorter, about the length of head and body, compressed, with a low
fin in its distal half. Colour black above, and dark brown below ;
lower part of the sides of the head, body, and basal third of tail
with dusted fine white dots. a
POtal 1GGGth 5% 3535 sc kee ao oe 58 millim.
From snout to cloaca ............ BU. 4, een
POre MMO. os se vt eee age 52,
Hing Simb sete 2 ees en : uae
Florida.
Subfam. D. DESMOGNATHIN ZL.
Plethodontide, part., Gray, Cat. Batr. Grad. a
Desmognathidex, Cope, Journ. Ac. Philad, (2) vi. 1866, and Proc, Ae.
Philad, 1869. wy
Thoriidee, Cope, Proc. Ac. Philad. 1869. .
Salamandrida Lechriodonta, part., Strauch, Rev. d. Salam., in Mém,
Ac. St. Pétersb. (7) xvi. no. 4. oe
Two genera :— “
Tongue attached along the median line. 19. Desmognathus, p. 77.
Tongue boletoid, free all round ; nostrils ; i
extremely large .......+.s0000+ 20. Thorius, p. 79.
19. DESMOGNATHUS. 77
19. DESMOGNATHUS.
3 Desmognathus, Baird, Jowrn. Ac. Philad. (2) i. p. 282; Gray, Cat.
i p. 40; Cope, Proc. Ac. Philad. 1869, p. 112; Strauch, Salam.
p. 72.
Be ot, part., Dum. & Bibr. ix. p. 76.
Plethodon, part., Dum. § Bibr. p. 82; Hallow. Journ. Ac. Philad.
(2) iii. p. 342.
Tongue free laterally and posteriorly. Palatine teeth forming a
__yery open chevon directed posteriorly, occasionally missing ; para-
_ sphenoid teeth in two elongate patches. Toes five.
North America.
Synopsis of the Species.
14 costal grooves; tail rounded; male
with posterior half of mandible concave
lend edentulous .........60..-...4.. 1. ochropheus, p.'77.
18 or 14 costal grooves; tail compressed,
Ee Ore eee 2. fuscus, p. 77.
12 costal grooves ; tail compressed, finned
above; black above and below........ 3. niger, p. 79.
1. Desmognathus ochropheus.
Desmognathus ochrophea, Cope, Proc. Ac. Philad. 1859, p. 124, and
1869, p. 113.
— haldemanni, Strauch, Salam. p. 74.
Palatine teeth very small and few when present, often wanting ;
their basal line on a ridge which is convex backwards, nearly con-
tinuous medially ; parasphenoid teeth on two narrow plates well
separated from each other, especially behind, and from palatine
teeth. Male with posterior half of mandible concave and edentulous,
this structure being much like that of the genus Anaides. Tongue
an elongate oval, considerably free behind. Head oval, with rounded
depressed snout ; the commissure of the mouth slightly flexuous.
Body rather elongate. Limbs rather weak, not meeting when laid
against the body; fingers and toes moderate, free. Tail quite slender,
rounded, only compressed at the tip, about as long as head and body.
Skin smooth; gular fold distinct; a more or less distinct groove
from latter to eye ; fourteen costal grooves. Bright brownish yellow,
darker in the male, fading to dirty white below ; a dark lateral band
from the eye to the end of the tail; belly immaculate. Total length
75 millim.
Alleghany Mountains, from New York to Georgia.
2. Desmognathus fuscus.
Desmognathus fuscus, Gray, Cat. p. 40.
Triturus fuscus, Rafin. Annals of Natwre, 1820 (fide Baird).
Salamandra intermixta, Green, Cont. Macl, Lyc. i. p. 827.
picta, Harlan, Journ. Ac. Philad. v. p. 138.
—— quadrimaculata, Holl. N. Amer. Herp. v. p. 49, pl. 18.
78 SALAMANDRID&.
Desmognathus fuseus, Baird, Journ. Ac. Philad. (2) i. p. 285; CPt 4
Proce. Ac. Philad, 1869, p. ‘115; Strauch, Salam. p. 74.
Plethodon fuscum, Dum. & Bibr. p. 85, pl. 101. f. 3.
Palatine teeth frequently wanting; if present, forming a poste-
riorly convex series behind and not extending outwards beyond the —
choane ; parasphenoid patches diverging posteriorly, widely sepa-
rated from palatine teeth. Tongue rather large, oval, extelnea
free laterally and posteriorly. Head moderately large, | longer than —
broad, gradually widening to temporal regions, depressed ; snout |
rather elongate, rounded ; eyes moderate, prominent. Body slightly -
depressed, measuring thrice to thrice and a half the itanie from tip
of snout to gular fold. Limbs short, not meeting when laid against —
the body; fingers and toes rather onder, free. Tail measuring about —
the length of head and body, subcylindrical at the base, becoming —
gradually compressed and strongly keeled, ending in a point. Skin
smooth or minutely granulate ; a tubercle in anterior angle of upper
eyelid ; parotoid region and sides of throat swollen; a strong gular —
fold ; a groove from the eye to the latter; a vertical groove at angle
of jaws; thirteen or fourteen costal grooves. Above brown, with —
grey and pink shades; sometimes a dark lateral band; lower surtsoma ;
more or less mottled with brown; no red spots on sides.
3. a. .
Total length......... 4 ee 95 millim.
From snout to cloaca ...... 63 44 ,,
Head corre 3.0 aa. 14 Ory
Width of head ............ 11 Th 4,
Fore dinth...\s..cionas oan 14 re
BS GOD ois. te eee 18 13 * 45
EMBED: be ks pra ap cave die et Nap 62 53 ae
Eastern United States.
a, b-c. S$ & hgr. New York.
d, Several spec.: ¢ & hgr. Near Philadelphia.
e. Many spee.: ¢,92, hgr., N. America. - Dr. J. Green [P.].
ys» larvee. a
f-h. 3. N. America, Prof. St. Geo:
Mivart [P.].
Var. auriculatus.
Desmognathus auriculatus, Gray, Cat. p. 41.
Salamandra auriculata, Holbr. N. Amer. Herp. v. pe 47, pl. 12.
Desmognathus auriculatus, Baird, Journ. Ac. Philad. (>) j i. p. 286;
Strauch, Salam. p. 74.
Cylindrosoma auriculatum, Dum. & Bibr. p. 81. q
Desmognathus fusca, var. auriculata, Cope, Pr. Ac. Phil. 1869, p. 116.
Body more slender. Dark brown, with a lateral series of small |
red spots ; belly brown marbled, the dark predominating.
South Carolina to Lousiana.
Ht 3 2. New Orleans. © Edw. Doubleday, Esq. [P.].
m. ee N. America. Prof. St. Georg: Miva?
So
‘tani
-
=e
— is
Sa a ee
See ar oe
19. DESMOGNATHUS.—2U. THORIUS. 79
3. Desmognathus niger.
Desmognathus niger, Gray, Cat. p. 40.
Salamandra nigra, Green, Journ. Ac. Philad. i. p. 352.
Triton niger, Holbr, N. Amer. Herp. v. p. 81, pl. 27.
Desmognathus niger, Baird, Journ. Ac. Philad. (2) i. p. 286; Cope,
Proc. Ac. Philad. 1869, p. 117 ; Strauch, Salam. p. 73.
Ambystoma nigrum, Dum. § Bibr. p. 105.
Plethodon niger, Hallow. Journ. Ac. Philad. (2) iii. p. 844.
Differs from the preceding in the following characters :—Series of
palatine teeth generally better distinguished, separate ; parasphenoid
patches approaching very near the palatine teeth in most instances,
generally confluent anteriorly. Tongue nearly round. Body stouter.
Tail more compressed and extensively finned. Twelve costal grooves.
_ Colour uniform black. Size larger (nearly 180 millim. from tip of
snout to end of tail).
Alleghany Mountains, from Pennsylvania southward.
- 20. THORIUS.
aay Cope, Amer. Nat. 1869, p. 222, and Proc. Ac. Philad. 1869,
p- 111. i
Tongue supported by its central pedicel, free all round, boletoid.
Palatine teeth in a short transverse series; parasphenoid teeth in a
single patch. Nostrils extremely large. Toes five.
Mexico.
1. Thorius pennatulus. (Prarz III. fig. 2.)
Thorius pennatulus, Cope, Ul. cc.
Head small, longer than broad; snout truncate; loreal regions
high, nearly vertical; nostril elliptical, oblique, extremely large.
Body cylindrical, elongate, nearly four times the distance from tip
of snout to gular fold. Limbs weak; digits rudimentary. Tail
stout, cylindrical at the base, slightly compressed distally, about
as long as head and body. Skin smooth; no parotoids; a distinct
gular fold; thirteen costal grooves. Brown; a dark lateral band,
whitish-margined above, commencing from the eye ; lower surfaces
uniform or dotted with whitish.
TA MPs Sod. «ose 6 d's. oss a 48 millim.
From snout to cloaca .......... ys sae
Ut hte suse eae oo sine cal eee
Witt OF HEAD Oe. ik es eae 3S 45
NO RMIIEE Wve cn ow «id's se ele tne re
WO se ong <<. oak Hing le See
Re spe lane S's ae a ee wehale +
Mexico,
a-c. Adult. Orizaba.
d-h, Adult. P
80 AMPHIUMID.
Fam. 2, AMPHIUMIDA,
Amphiumide, Gray, Ann. Phil. 1825.
Tritonides, Tschudi, Classif. d. Batr.
Proteidew, part., T'schudt, 1. ¢.
Protonopside, Amphiumide, Gray, Cat. Batr. Grad.
sop ae a part., Trématodéres Amphiumides, Dum. § Bib. Erp.
én. ix
Amphiumide, Protonopside, Cope, Journ. Ac. Philad. (2) vi. 1866.
Ichthyodea, part., Strauch, Rev. d. Salam.
Synopsis of the Genera. g
Digits 4—5; no spiraculum........ 1. Megalobatrachus, p. 80. 4
Digits 4—5 ; spiraculum present.... 2. Cryptobranchus, p. 81.
Digits 3—3 or 2—2 ; spiraculum present.
3. Amphiuma, p. 82.
1, MEGALOBATRACHUS.
Megalobatrachus, Tschudi, Batr. p. 96.
Cryptobranchus, part., Van der Hoeven, Proc. Zool. Soc, 1888, p. 25.
Sieboldia, Bonap. Faun. Ital.; Gray, Cat. p. 62.
Tritomegas, Dum. § Bibr. ix. >. 163.
Tongue covering the floor of the mouth, entirely adherent. A
strong series of vomerine teeth between the choane, parallel with
and close to the intermaxillary and maxillary teeth. Nospiraculum
or gill-openings. Two branchial arches. Digits 4—5.
Japan; China.
1. Megalobatrachus maximus.
Sieboldia maxima, Gray, Cat. p. 52.
Salamandra maxima, Schleg. Faun. Japon. p. 127, pls. 6-8.
Megalobatrachus sieboldii, Tschudi, 1. ¢.
Cryptobranchus j ag tt Vander Hoeven, 1. e,, and Tijdschr. v. Nat.
Gesch. en Physiol. iv. p. 875, pl. v.A. f.5, 6; ‘Hyrtl, Monogr. 1865.
Sieboldia maxima, Bonap. /. ¢.
Tritomegas sieboldii, Dum. & Bibr.
Sieboldia davidiana, Blanchard, C. de Ac. Pari is, 1871, Ixxiii. p. 79;
Gray, Ann. § Mag. N. H. (4) xii. p. 188.
Habit very stout. Head large, broad, much depressed; snout
rounded ; nostrils very small, at the end of the snout, near the labial
border ; eyes extremely small, Body squat, depressed. Limbsshort,
stout; fingers and toes short, depressed ; outer fingers and toes and
fibula bordered with membranes. Tail short, strongly compressed,
1. MEGALOBATRACHUS.—2. CRYPTOBRANCHUS. 81
- finned, the end rounded. Skin very porous, tubercular, tubercles
_ largest and most prominent on the head; a thick cutaneous fold
along each side. Brown, lighter beneath, spotted with black.
UNO IONET, Civ tes caves stars 87 centim.
From snout to cloaca ............ Bp
3 Head (to constriction of neck) .... 138 ,,
a TOF BORN oe os ok cle ss (teow
é Meee oe ier
fi MTN 5 i. 6ye «x0. pita a's eae sia Tas 5
© INS a 5 genie se sco so eietvia's oid 34. Ci,
_ Japan ; China.
a. Adult, stuffed. Japan. Leyden Museum.
__ 6, Skeleton of a. Japan. Leyden Museum.
_ e-d, Adult & her. Japan. ‘ Challenger’ Expedition.
a Skeleton. Japan. :
_ f. Her. China. R. Swinhoe [C.].
2. CRYPTOBRANCHUS.
- Cryptobranchus, Leuckart, Isis, 1821, p. 260.
Abranchus, Harlan, Ann. Lyc. N. Y. i. p. 221.
. Menopoma, Harlan, eod. loc. p. 270; Tschudi, Batr. p. 96; Dum. §
Bibr. ix. p. 205.
Salamandrops, Wagl. Syst. Amph. p. 209.
Eurycea, Rajfin. Atlant. Journ, 1832, p. 121 (fide Baird).
Protonopsis (Bart.), Gray, Cat. p. 53.
Tongue covering the floor of the mouth, anterior border free. A
strong series of vomerine teeth between the choanz, parallel with
_ and close to the intermaxillary and maxillary teeth. Spiraculum
_ or gill-opening present (at least on the left side). Four branchial
arches. Digits 4—d,
North America.
1. Cryptobranchus alleghaniensis,
Protonopsis horrida, Gray, Cat. p. 53.
Salamandra alleghaniensis, Daud. Rept. viii. p. 231.
gigantea, Barton, On Siren lacertina.
Molge gigantea, Merr. Tent. p. 187.
Cryptobranchus salamandroides, Leuckart, 1. ¢.
Abranchus alleghaniensis, Harlan, I. c.
Menopoma alleghaniensis, Harlan, J. c.; Holbr. N. Amer. Herp. v.
p- 95, pl. 82; Dekay, N.Y. Faun., Rept. p. 89, pl. 18. f. 44; Dum.
& Brbr. p. 207, pl. 94. f.1; Wied, Nova Acta fe Carol. xxxil.
. 183, pl. 6.
Salamandrops gigantea, Wagl. /. c.
Eurycea mucronata, Rajin. 1. ¢.
' Menopoma gigantea, Tschudi, 1. c.
Cryptobranchus alleghaniensis, Van der Hoeven, Tijdschr. v. Nat.
Gesch. en Physiol. iv. p. 384, pl. v. a, f. 3-4, & v. B.
Habit very stout, exactly as in the preceding species. Head
large, broad, much depressed; snout rounded ; nostrils very small,
G
82 AMPHIUMID 2,
close to the labial border; eyes extremely small. Body squat, de-
pressed. Limbs short, stout; fingers and toes short, depressed ;
outer fingers and toes and limbs externally bordered with much
developed membranes. ‘ail short, strongly compressed, finned,
the end rounded. Skin very porous, smoothish ; head with scat-
tered tubercles; sides of body with a well-marked thick cutaneous”
fold. Brown or greyish, with darker blotches ; tips of fingers and
toes yellowish.
Potal length <55<5 ness sin sone 418 millim.
From snout:to cloaca ...... ee |e
LOOM ads oo wu Se oe ee 44 ,,
Width of head — ciees od Ses
Foredimb’ .... “Patews <a + 46a ss 4,
Hind tim i 6s ct arcs cod exe 49 ,, a
SPR 5 tie ee ne oe ie eee ISB ss E
All tributaries of the Mississippi, and streams of the Louisianian
district to North Carolina.
a, b. . Ohio. ‘&
e-d. Adult. Pennsylvania. f
(In one of the specimens the right spiraculum has disappeared, as n |
the advanced larvee of most tailless Batrachians.)
e,f. Adult & hgr. N. America.
Menopoma fuscum, Holbr. 1. ¢. p. 99, pl. 33, is probably only a
variety of this species. Reddish brown above, whitish beneath,
immaculate. Head-waters of the Tennessee River. 7
3. AMPHIUMA. 4
Amphiuma, Garden, in Smith’s Correspondence of Linneus, i. p. 5995
agl. Syst. Amph. p. 209; Tschudi, Batr, p. 67; Gray, Cat. p. 55; ~
Dum. & Bibr. ix. p. 201. y
Chrysodonta, Mitchill, Medical Recorder, 1822, p. 529.
Sirenoides, Ftzing. Syst. Rept. p. 34.
Mureenopsis, Fvtzing. l. ¢. ; Gray, 1. ¢.
Tongue indistinct, covering the floor of the mouth, entirely ad-
herent. A strong series of vomerine teeth, parallel with the inter-
maxillary and maxillary teeth. Spiracula present. Four branchial
arches. Limbs rudimentary ; digits two or three. q
North America.
1. Amphiuma tridactyla. G
Mureenopsis tridactyla, Gray, Cat. p. 55. a
Amphiuma tridactyla, Cuv. Mém. Mus. xiv. p.7, pl. 1. f. 4-6;
olbr. N. Amer. Herp. v. p. 98, pl. 81; Tschudi, Batr. p. 97 5
Dum. § Bibr. p. 203; Ryder, Proc. Ac. Philad. 1879, p. 14.
Mureenopsis tridactyla, Mitzing. Syst. Rept. p. 34.
Body much elongate, eel-like. Head small ; snout elongate, sub-
PROTEID A. 83
- acuminate; nostrils small, close to the tip of the snout, near the
labial border ; eyes very small ; upper and lower labial lobes much
developed. Limbs extremely small; digits 3—3. Tail short, com-
pressed, keeled above. Skin smooth, slimy. Uniform blackish
_ brown, somewhat lighter beneath.
a ae a 755 millim.
From snout to cloaca............ S157" =
BE Cee Riek ad oie shai diag sae. 40 ,,
eee Of head eke ee ees Shit,
RD eee se Hiss eb. Seve RRs es ts eae
REGS ON a eran ae ae Sbi4:.,
PM state Soi e eins wiatact ely bai OK Te
_ Mississippi and Louisiana.
a. Adult. Louisiana.
6. Ber. _ Florida. Dr. B. Harlan [P.].
¢, Adult. Mexico (?).
— d. Young. —?
2. Amphiuma means.
Amphiuma means, Gray, Cat. p. 55.
Se page means, Garden, l. c.; Holbr. N. Amer. Herp. v. p. 89,
pl. 30; Dum. & Bibr. p. 203.
Chrysodonta larveeformis, Mitch, 1. c.
arte means s, didactyla, Cur. Mém. Mus. xiv. p.4, pl. 1.
—— didactyla, Wagl. Syst. Amph. p. 209.
Sirenoides idee, Fitz, 1. ¢.
Digits 2—2. Otherwise as in the preceding.
8.E. United States, from North Carolina to Mississippi.
a-c, Hgr. & yg. N. America. T. Bell, Esq. [P.].
Fam. 3. PROTEIDZ.
Sirenide, part., Gray, Ann. Phil. 1825.
Proteidex, part., Tschudi, Classif. d. Batr.
Proteide, Gros: Cat. Batr. Grad. :
Trématodéres protéides, part., Dum. § Bibr. Erp. Gén. ix.
Proteide, Cope, Journ. Ac. Philad. (2) vi. 1866.
Ichthyodea, part., Strauch, Rev. d. Salam.
Two genera :—
Digits 4—4; eyes exposed........ 1. Necturus, p. 83.
Digits 3—2; eyes hidden ........ 2. Proteus, p. 85.
1. NECTURUS.
Necturus, Rafin. in de Blainv. Journ, Phys. \xxxviii. (1819), p. 417;
Wagl. Syst. Amph. p. 210; Gray, Cat. p. 66. :
G
84 PROTEIDE.
Phanerobranchus, part., Leuckart, Isis, 1821, . 260. i
Menobranchus, Harlan, Ann. Lye. N.Y. i. 825, p. 221; Tach,
Batr. p. 97; Dum. & Bibr. ix. p. 183. 3
Phanero ranchus, Fitzing. Neue Classif. Rept. p. 68.
Tongue large, anterior border free. Vomero-palatine teeth in a
strong series. Eyes exposed. Fingers and toes four. |
North America.
1. Necturus maculatus.
Necturus maculosus, Gray, Cat. p. 66.
Necturus lateralis, id. ibid. p. 67. }
Nooatah maculatus, Rafin. l.c.; Holbr. N. Amer, Herp. v. p. 111,
37
Triton lateralis, Say, in Long’s Exped. Rocky Mount. i. p. 5.
Phanerobranchus tetradactylus, Lewckart, 1. ¢. -
Menobranchus lateralis, Harlan, 1. c. ; Tschudi, Batr. p. 97; Holbr.
le. p. 115, pl. 38; Dekay, N.Y. Faun., Rept. a7 pl. 18. f. 455
ieee § Bibr. Pp: 183; Wired, Nova Acta ’Leop.- * aro XXxXil. p. 188,
i$h dy § - |
ane tetradactylus, Harlan, Journ. Ac. Philad. iv. p. 324; Gray, b
Ann. Philos. x. 1825, p. 216. q
—— sayi, Gray, 1. ¢.
Proteus maculatus, Barnes, Amer, Journ. xi, p. 268.
Menobranchus lacepedii, Gray, in Griff. A. K. ix. p. 108.
Phanerobranchus lacepedii, F%éz. J. ¢.
Necturus lateralis, Wagl. 1. c.
Teeth strong. Snout narrowed; eyes small; upper and lower
labial lobes much developed. Body thick, elongate. Limbs short, —
well developed ; digits slightly depressed, ‘obtuse, free. Tail short,
strongly compressed, finned, the end rounded. Skin smooth; a
well-marked vertebral groove; a very strongly marked gular fold. gg
Brown, lighter’ beneath, with more or less distinct round blackish —
spots ; sometimes a blackish lateral band. f
Total length. o\.k cethie sas ..+. 323 millim,
From snout to cloaca............ BAS
Head (to gular fold) ............ | eee
Wadth of mead “sos yes. ek ogee AO 18
BONS TMD eich A ists sta le fae ae 38° 2
EIBO VO seas Sens aks bee 42 ,
J Repair eect ee oy a eR aay i 2 10
East United States; Canada.
a-b,c-d. 3 & yg. Montreal.
eo. Canada.
f. Her. Ohio. 4
g. Q. N. America. Dr. J. E. Gray [P.].
h, ik SQ. N. America.
7. Skeleton, United States.
2. PROTEUS. 85
a 2. PROTEUS.
Proteus, sp., Laur. Syn. Rept. p. 37.
_ Proteus, Schreibers, Phil. Trans. 1801, p. 241; Gray, Cat. p. 65 ; Dum.
ah cel ix. p. 185.
ochton, Merrem, Tent. p. 188; Wagl. Syst. Amph. p. 210;
Se) i eae laa dl sg creat alata
Phanerobranchus, part., Leuckart, Isis, 1821, p. 260.
_ Tongue small, free infront. Vomero-palatine teeth in two feeble
_ series. Eyes concealed under the skin. Fingers three, toes two.
Carniola.
1. Proteus anguinus. (Pxare II. figs. 5-7.)
Proteus anguinus, Gray, Cat. p. 65.
Proteus anguinus, Laur, 1. ¢. ye 4.£.3; Schrevb.l.c.; Daud. Rept. viii.
p. 266, pl. 49. f. 1; Configl. § Rusconi, Monogr.; Cuv. in Humb.
Obs. Zool. i. p. 119, pl. 13; Dum. & Bibr. ix. p. 186, pl. 96. f. 2;
ene, Journ. Ac. Philad. (2) vi. 1866, p. 104; Schreib. Herp. Eur.
Biren anguina, Shaw, Zool. iii. p. 608, pl. 139.
Hypochton laurentii, Merr. Tent. p. 188; Fitzing. Sitz. Ak. Wien,
y. 1850, p. 301.
Phanerobranchus gg Saas Leuckart, 1. c.
Hypochton anguinus, Tschudi, Batr. p. 97.
— schreibersii, Fitz. J. ce. p. 299,
—— freyeri, Fitz. 1. c.
— haidingeri, Fitz. 1. c. p. 300.
- ——xanthostictus, Fitz. /.c. p. 301.
Proteus xanthostictus, Cope, J. c. p. 103.
—— schreibersii, Cope, l. c. p. 104.
Head elongate; snout long, narrowed, the tip truncate; mouth
4 ‘small; labial lobes much developed. Body slender, elongate ; limbs
_ very weak; fingers and toes obtuse, free. Tail short, strongly
compressed, finned, the end rounded or obtusely pointed. Cloacal
q opening as in Onychodactylus. Skin smooth ; a more or less distinct
_ gular fold ; twenty-six or twenty-seven costal grooves. Uniform
_ flesh-coloured.
‘2 TOURNEY «ns rcs wc ce tees 283 millim.
From snout to cloaca .......... TOS os
Head (to middle of gular fold) .. 31 ,,
PACU OL ORE. sco vicdis ves oes A tn eae
IR las vs tle ws Pe oe oy age
LTS “Oe a Sear pa) AY
RS RNG iioag Grala ek dias! ¥ 0 ah 90.45%,
___ Subterranean waters of the Alps of Carniola.
Ed a. Adult. Carniola. Vienna Museum. (As typi-
fie cal of H. laurentit.)
be. Adult. Carniola. Vienna Museum. (As typi-
ws cal of H. schreibersit.)
_ d, Adult. Carniola. Vienna Museum. (As typi-
cal of H. freyeri.)
86 SIRENID A.
e- f gah . Adult. Carniola.
Tier. Carniola. ’ M. Drummond, Es oy [Pa
i Adult, _ Carniola. B. Tyndall, Esq. [P.]
m-n. Adult & yg. Magdalenengrotte.
o. Her. —?P Miss Bell [P.].
p. Skeleton, bad state. ——P
Var. carrare.
Hypochton carrare, Fitzing. 1. ce. p. 300.
Proteus carraree, Cope, 1. c. p. 105.
Snout more elongate, very narrgw ; twenty-four costal grooves.
Dalmatia.
q. Adult. —? Prof. Carrara [P.].
VAR. ZOisii.
Hypochton zoisii, Fitzing. 1. ¢. p. 298.
Proteus zoisii, Cope, 1. ¢.
Stouter ; head much shorter, pear ohare snout rounded ; twenty
five costal , grooves. ’
Rupa, Carinthia.
r. Adult. Carniola. Vienna Museum. (As typi
cal of H. zotsit.)
Fam. 4. SIRENIDA.
Sirenide, part., Gray, Ann. Phil. 1825.
Proteides, part., Tschudi, Classif. d. Batr.
Sirenide, Gray, "Cat. Batr. Grad.
Trématodéres protéides, part., Dum. & Bibr. Erp. Gén. ix.
Sirenidee, Cope, Journ. Ae. Philad. (2) vi. 1866.
Ichthyodea, part., Strauch, Rev. d. Salam.
Two genera :—
Three spiracula on each side; digits four.
1. Siren, p. 86.
One spiraculum on each side; digits three.
2. Pseudobranchus, p. 87.
1, SIREN.
Siren, Linn. 8. N. i. Addenda; Tschudi, Batr. p. 98; Gray, Cat —
p. 68; Dum. § Bibr. ix. p. 191. oF
Phanerobranchus, part., Leuchart, Isis, 1821, p. 260.
Tongue covering the floor of the mouth, free in front. Jaws wit q
a horny sheath. Vomerine tecth numerous, forming two large —
patches converging anteriorly. Spiracula three on each side, belae 4g
the gills. Limbs two, posterior absent; fingers four. 7.
North America.
1. srREN.—2. PSEUDOBRANCHUS. 87
1. Siren lacertina.
Siren lacertina, Gray, Cat. p. 68.
Siren intermedia, zd. zbid. p. 69.
Siren lacertina, Linn. l.c.; Cuv. in Humb, Obs. Zool. i. p. 28, pl. 11-
14; Daud. Rept. viii. p. 272, pl. 49. f. 2; Holbr. N. Amer. Herp.
v. p. 101, pl. 34; Tschudi, l.c.; Dum. § Bibr. p. 193 (part.).
Phanerobranchus dipus, Leuckart, 1. ¢.
Siren intermedia, Leconte, Ann. Lyc. N.Y. 1828, p. 133, pl. 1; Holbr.
le. p. 107, pl. 35.
Body elongate, cel-like. Head rather small; snout short, broad ;
nostrils in the upper lip; eyes very small; labial lobes much deve-
loped. Limbs short ; fingers well developed, pointed. ‘ail shorier
than body, strongly compressed, finned, ending in a point. Skin
smooth. Blackish, uniform or with small white dots.
EMOTES oo ee 5 ss oe he wg 670 millim.
From snout to cloaca .......... 460 ,,
Head (to spiracle).............. 62°” |
Meat Of Head oi... cee cee eas 3D: 5;
Noa cas HEY oD. 8 Ry Ne! Swe: awe @ Soe 45
BMT E Sies ovis pas piso iak ere oe 4 i ae
8.E. United States.
a. Adult. N. America. Dr. Garden [P.].
b. Adult. N. America. Lord Ampthill tps,
ee. Young. 8. Carolina. Zool. Soe.
my. Hor, Texas.
g. Young. —--?
2. PSEUDOBRANCHUS.
Pseudobranchus, Gray, Ann. Phil. 1825, p. 216, and Cat. p. 69.
Tongue covering the floor of the mouth, free in front. Jaws with
a horny sheath. Vomerine teeth numerous, forming two large
patches converging anteriorly. Spiraculum single on each side,
below the gills. Limbs two, posterior absent ; fingers three.
North America.
1. Pseudobranchus striatus *.
Pseudobranchus striatus, Gray, Cat. p. 69.
Siren striata, Leconte, Ann. Lyc. N. Y. 1824, p. 52, pl. 4; Tschudi
Batr. p. 98; Holt, N. Amer. Herp. v. p. 109, pl. 36; Dum. §
Bibr. pl. 96. f. 1.
Pseudobranchus striatus, Gray, Ann, Phil, 1825, p, 216.
Body elongate, eel-like. Head rather small ; snout short, narrowed;
eyes small; labial lobes much developed. Limbs very short ; fingers
well developed, pointed. ‘Tail shorter than body, compressed, finned,
* Described from two specimens in the Paris Museum,
88 C@CILIIDA.
ending in a point. Skin granulate above. Dark brown, with a
broad yellow band on each side, and a narrower one below.
OAL AON PUN: ipneists ati ationnk wa wie 180 millim.
From snout to cloaca .......... TOR 6 ous
Head (to spiraculum) .......... AY egg
"Width of Teads\2 48's i oe 42 ,,
Di ao wee Ree 4, ,,
AL “<4 Sap ave Sees cee el ee Va. toe
Georgia
Order III. APODA.
No limbs; tail rudimentary. Males with an intromittent copu-
latory organ. Adapted for burrowing. :
Fam. 1. CHCILIIDA.
Ceeciliadee, Gray, Ann. Phil. 1825.
Ceecilize, Tschudi, Classif. d. Batr.
Ophiosomes ou Céciloides, Dum. § Bibr. Erp. Gén. viii.
Ceciliidee, Gray, Cat. Batr. Grad.
The classification recently proposed by Prof. Peters is adopted here,
as being based on more scientific characters than that which was
generally used before. It is to be regretted that the characters taken
from the structure of the tentacle are rather difficult of application.
Synopsis of the Genera.
I; Cycloid imbricated scales imbedded in the skin, at least on the
borders of the circular folds.
A. Eyes distinct or concealed under the skin.
Tentacle conical, exsertile, surrounded by a ring-shaped groove,
situated between the nostril and the eye, near the lip.
1. Ichthyophis, p. 89.
Tentacle as in the preceding, but situated below the nostril.
2. Ureotyphlus, p. 91.
Tentacle flap-like, the tentacular groove horseshoe-shaped, situated
below the nostril .............. 3. Cecilia, p. 93.
Tentacle as in the preceding, but situated posteriorly to the nostril.
4. Hypogeophis, p. 96.
Tentacle globular, surrounded by a ring-shaped groove, situated
below and in front of the eye .... 5. Dermophis, p. 97.
1. ICHTHYOPHIS, 89
B. Eyes below the cranial bones.
Tentacle globular, surrounded by a ring-shaped groove, nearer
the commissure of the jaws than the nostril.
6. Gymnopis, p. 99.
Tentacle as in the preceding, but nearer the nostril than the com-
missure of the jaws ............ 7. Herpele, p. 100.
II. No scales.
A. Squamosals in contact with parietals.
Eyes below the cranial bones; tentacle globular, surrounded by a
ring-shaped groove ..........--- 8. Gegenophis, p. 1U1.
Eyes distinct; tentacle flap-shaped, tentacular groove horseshoe-
shaped, much nearer the eye than the nostril.
9. Siphonops, p. 101.
Eyes distinct ; tentacle as in the preceding, but nearer the nostril
than the eye; end of body compressed.
10. Typhlonectes, p. 102.
B. Squamosals separated from parietals.
Tentacle flap-shaped, in the middle between the nostril and the eye.
11. Chthonerpeton, p. 104.
1. ICHTHYOPHIS.
Ichthyophis, Fitzing. Neue Classif. d. Rept. p. 86; Gray, Cat. p. 60;
Peters, Mon. Berl, Ac, 1879, p. 931.
Epicrium, Wagl. Isis, 1828, p. 743, and Syst. Amph. p. 198;
Tschudi, Batr. p. 90; Dum. § Bibr. viii. p. 285; A. Dum. Mém.
Soc. Cherb, ix. p. 319.
Rhinatrema, Dum. § Bibr. p. 288; Gray, l. e.; A. Dum. lc. p. 320,
Squamosals in contact with parietals. Two series of teeth in the
lower jaw. ‘Tentacles cultriform, exsertile, between the eye and the
nostril. Cycloid scales imbedded in the skin.
East Indies.
1. Ichthyophis glutinosus. (Pxare IV. fig. 2.)
Ichthyophis glutinosus, Gray, Cat. p. 60.
Rhinatrema bivittatum, zd. 2id. p. 61.
Ceecilia glutinosa, Linn. Mus. Ad. Fred. p. 19, pl. 25. f. 2, and
S. N. i. p. 229; Daud. Rept. vii. p. 418; Peters, Mon. Berl. Ac.
1864, p. 303.
—— viscosa, Latr. Rept. iv. p. 238.
Ichthyophis hasseltii, Fitzing. Neue Classif. Rept. p. 63.
Ceecilia hypocyanea, Hasselt, Isis, 1827, p. 565; Miiller, Zeitschr. f.
Phys. iv. p. 195, and Arch. Anat. Phys. 1835, p. 391, pl. 8.
f. 12-14; Schleg. Abbild. p. 119, pl. 39. f. 1.
90 CHCILIID A.
Cecilia bivittata, Cuv. R.A. 2nd ed., ii. p. 100, 4
Epicrium hypocyanea, Wagl. Syst. Amph. p. 198; Tschudi, Batr. —
90 q
Dp. au ..
—— ee Dum. & Bibr, p. 286; Giinth. Rept. Brit. Ind. —
441, -
Tnatens bivittatum, Dum. § Bibr. p. 288, pl. 85. f. 4. 4
Ichthyophis glutinosus, Peters, Mon. Berl. Ac. 1879, p. 931, pl. —
f, 1-3.
ees beddomii, Peters, 1. c. p. 932, pl. —. f. 4.
Both rows of mandibular teeth well developed. Snout rounded; —
the width of the head between the eyes equals the distance of the —
eye from the end of the snout; eye easily distinguishable; tentacle —
below and in front of the eye, generally much nearer the eye than _
the nostril. Body subcylindrical, rather depressed, moderately —
elongate, with very numerous (240 to 400) distinct circular folds,
angular on the belly. Tail very short though distinct, pointed. —
Dark brown or bluish black ; a yellow band along each side of the —
body, from the head to the tail. Total length 380 millim. ; greatest .
diameter of body 14 millim. a
In the larva the head is fish-like, greatly resembling that of —
Amphiuma, provided with much developed labial lobes; the tongue —
is extensively free in front, as in the larye of Salamandride —
and the Perennibranchiata. The tentacle-pit is either absent or
close to the eye. The latter is much more developed than in the —
adult, about as much as.in the Amphiwmide. I cannot find any —
branchie. The spiraculaare large. The tail is much more distinct —
than in the adult, strongly compressed, and finned above and be- —
neath, the upper membrane extending somewhat in advance of the —
vent. The circular folds are very indistinct in the youngest speci-
mens, become gradually more distinct as the animal grows. The —
anal opening is a longitudinal cleft.
East Indies.
a, Her. Ceylon. Sir J. Banks [P.].
b-f, g, h,i-k, 1. Ad., hgr., Ceylon.
& larva.
m, Adult. Ceylon. Sir J. E. Tennent [P].
n. Adult. Wynaad.
o. Several spec., ad. & Nilgherries, Col. Beddome [C.].
hgr.
Seg Her. Darjeeling. T. C. Jerdon, Esq. [C.].
r. Adult, Khassya. T. C. Jerdon, Esq. [C.].
s. Adult. Khassya. Sir J. Hooker [P.].
t-u. Her. & ye. Tenasserim. Dr. Cantor,
v. Adult. Siam. M. Mouhot [C.].
w-y. Hgr. & larvee. Matang. P|
z. Adult. —-? Royal College of Sur-
geons [P.].
a, Adult. —P — Samsbury, Esq. —
The examination of a large series of specimens of this species ;
collected by Col. Beddome in §.W. India shows that the characters
upon which J. beddomii was established by Prof. Peters do not hold
1. 1cHTHYOPHIS.—2. URAOTYPHLUS. 91
good. I have seen all the possible transitions between the two ex-
treme positions of the tentacle ; the number of circular folds does not
correspond with the position of the tentacle—one specimen with
anterior tentacle having 270 folds, another, with the tentacle close
to the eye, having 280.
2. Ichthyophis monochrous. (Prats IV. fig. 1.) ©
Ichthyophis glutinosus, var., Cantor, Cat. Mal. Rept. p. 137.
Epicrium monochroum, Bleeker, Nat. Tydschr. Nederl. Ind. xvi.
1858, p. 188; Giinth. Rep. Brit. Ind. p. 448.
Ichthyophis monochrous, Peters, Mon. Berl, Ac. 1879, p. 982.
Differs from J. glutinosus in the following characters :—Head
La _ shorter, the distance between the eyes being more than the length
of the snout. Inner series of mandibular teeth indistinct, composed
of a few teeth only. 235 to 360 circular folds. Uniform blackish
brown or lead-coloured, without lateral band. Total length 330
millim.; greatest diameter of body 13 millim.
Java, Borneo, Singapore, Malabar.
a. Adult. Sinkawang, W. Dr. Bleeker.
Borneo.
6. Adult. Java.
e. Adult. Singapore. Dr. Cantor.
d, Adult. Malabar. Col. Beddome [C.}.
e. Larva, large size. Malabar. Col. Beddome bet
2. UREOTYPHLUS.
Cecilia, sp., Dum. § Bibr. viii. p. 274; Gray, Cat, p. 57; A. Dum.
Mém., Soc, Cherb. ix. p. 311.
Ureeotyphlus, Peters, Mon. Berl. Ac. 1879, p. 933.
Squamosals free from parietals*. Teeth small, numerous in jaws
and palate; two series in the lower jaw. Eyes visible. Tentacle
cultriform, exsertile, below the nostril. Cycloid scales imbedded in
the skin.
East Indies.
Synopsis of the Species.
Snout moderately prominent, its length
equalling the distance between the eyes;
about 200 circular folds............ 1. owyurus, p. 92.
Snout very prominent, measuring more
than the distance between the eyes;
240 to 260 circular folds .......... 2. malabaricus, p. 92.
Snout moderately prominent, its length
equalling the distance between the eyes;
Rp EPO MIAE AOLOB se sks oe ee anes 3. africanus, p. 92.
* U. africanus not examined.
92 C@CILIIDA.
1. Urzotyphlus oxyurus. (Prate V. fig. 2.)
Ceecilia oxyura, Gray, Cat. p. 58.
Ceecilia oxyura, Dum. § Bibr. p. 280; A. Dum. lc. p. 22, pl. 1. £83 —
Giinth. Rept. Brit. Ind. p. 443.
Ureotyphlus oxyurus, Peters, 1.c. p. 933, and Sitzb, Ges. nat. Fr. :
1881, p. 90.
Teeth small, subequal; both rows of mandibular teeth well deve- —
loped. Snout narrowed, rounded; the width of the head between
the eyes equals the distance of the eye from the tip of the snout;
tentacle small, below the nostril, close to the lip; eyes easily dis-
tinguishable. Body cylindrical, moderately elongate, with numerous
(200 to 219) distinct circular folds, widely interrupted on the belly
(except those on the hindermost part of the body), alternately —
longer and shorter. ‘Tail very short, though distinct, pointed.
Blackish or purplish brown, lighter (sometimes white) beneath ; lips 7
and folds on the sides lighter. Total length 280 millim.; greatest —
diameter of body 13 millim.
Malabar. i,
a-b. Adult. Anamallays. Col. Beddome [0.], —
ce, d, e-f. Adult. Malabar. Col. Beddome [C.
g-t. 4 With spiracula. Tinnevelly. Col. Beddome | C.].
k-l. Adult & hgr. -—? — Samsbury, Esq.
2, Ureotyphlus malabaricus. (Pxarz V. fig. 3.)
Ceecilia malabarica, Beddome, Madras Monthl. Journ. Med, Se. ii. —
1870, p. 176.
Ureotyphlus malabaricus, Peters, 1. c. p. 938.
Well distinguished from the preceding by the following charac-
ters:—Snout more narrowed, more prominent, measuring more
than the distance between the eyes. Plicee more numerous (240 to
260), interrupted on the belly by a very narrow interspace.
Dark olive-brown, a little lighter beneath; lips and end of snout
yellowish. Total length 230 millim.; greatest diameter of body
8 millim.
Malabar. .
a. Her. Malabar. Col. Beddome [C.]. (Type.)
b-f. Adult. Malabar. Col. Beddome | C.].
“3. Ureotyphlus africanus. (Puarz V. fig. 1.)
Teeth small, subequal; inner row of mandibular composed of a ‘
few teeth. Snout narrowed, rounded, moderately prominent; the
width of the head between the eyes equals the distance of the eye
from the tip of the snout; tentacle very distinct, below the nostril,
close to the lip; eyes perfectly distinct. Body cylindrical, not much
elongate; 90 circular folds, and shorter folds between each two of
the last 40 (= 130 folds); these folds widely interrupted on the
2. URMOTYPHLUS.—3. CCECILIA. 93
belly except the last 15, which are complete; the anterior 50
_ narrowly interrupted on the dorsal region; a very distinct gular
a fold. ‘Tail extremely short, hardly distinct, obtusely conical. Dark
brown; the gular fold and ‘the folds on the sides yellowish. Total
length 165 millim. ; ; greatest diameter of body 6 millim.
_ ~West Africa.
: 3 e West Africa. J. C. Salmon, Esq. [P.].
3. CQRCILIA.
Ceecilia, Tag , Linn. Syst. Nat. i. p. 229.
Coecilia, Wagl. Syst. Amph. p. 198; Tschudi, Batr. p. 90; Dum. &
Bibr, viii. p. 274; Gray, Cat. p. 57 ; A. Dum. Mém. Soc. Cherb. ix.
p- 311; Peters, Mon. Berl. Ac. 1879, p- 934.
__ Squamosals in contact with parietals. Two series of teeth in the
lower jaw. ‘Tentacle flap-shaped, tentacular groove _horseshoe-
- ii situated below the nostril. Cycloid scales imbedded in the
~~ South America.
Synopsis of the Species.
___ LI. The total length not 60 times the greatest diameter of the body.
3 135-150 circular folds, the majority inter-
- rupted on the dorsal and ventral lines ;
last 40-50 folds not interrupted on the
DG ere oo eine wie a 8 es oes 1. tentaculata, p. 93.
115-140 circular folds, the majority inter-
rupted on the dorsal and ventral lines ;
z last 16-20 folds not interrupted on the
z Sr arr ee 2. isthmica, p. 94.
, ir 200 circular folds, complete above and
i EEE tS eo eee 3. ochrocephala, p. 94.
? II. The total length more than 60 times the greatest diameter
of the body.
207 or 209 circular folds, nearly all com-
plete above and below............. 4. polyzona, p. 94.
160-170 circular folds, interrupted on the
dorsal and ventral lines; teeth very large 5. pachynema, p. 95.
210-255 circular folds, interrupted on the
dorsal and ventral lines ............ 6. gracilis, p. 95.
1. Cecilia tentaculata.
Ceecilia tentaculata, Gray, Cat. p. 58.
Ceecilia tentaculata, part., Linn. Mus. Ad. Fred. p. 19.
‘ —— tentaculata, Shav, Zool. ii. p. 599, pl. 186; Peters, Mon. Berl.
4 Ac. 1879, p. 934.
— albiventris, Daud. Rept. vii. p. 423, pl. 92; Dum. § Bibr. p. 277.
94 COCILIID A.
Teeth moderately large ; on each side—mazxillaries 6 to 8, vomero-
palatines 5, outer mandibulars 6 or 7; inner mandibulars very —
small, few. Snout rounded, prominent, shorter than the distance —
between the eyes; latter visible; tentacle below the nostril. Body —
cylindrical, elongate, robust; 135 to 150 circular grooves, inter- —
rupted on the dorsal and abdominal lines; the last 40 or 50 are not
interrupted on the dorsal line, and the hindermost are complete.
Tail indistinct, rounded. Blackish brown, marbled with white
beneath. ‘Total length 590 millim.; greatest diameter of body 20
Surinam. q
a. Adult. ——? Named by Dr. Shaw. __
b. Her. Surinam.
2. Cecilia isthmica, (Pxare VI. fig. 1.)
Ceecilia rostrata, Giinth. Proc. Zool. Soe. 1859, p. 417.
—— isthmica, Cope, Proc. Amer. Philos. Soc. 1877, p. 91.
—— giintheri, Peters, Mon. Berl, Ac. 1879, p. 936.
—— pachynema, Bouleng. Bull. Soc, Zool. France, 1880, p. 48.
Teeth moderately large; on each side—maxillaries 11, vomero- sg
palatines 5, outer mandibulars 8; inner mandibulars very small, —
few. Snout truncate, very prominent, shorter than the distance
between the eyes; latter visible; tentacle below the nostril, on the
lower face of the snout. Body cylindrical, elongate, robust; 124
circular folds*, interrupted on the dorsal and abdominal lines, the
last eighteen complete. ‘Tail indistinct, rounded. Olive-brown,
lighter beneath, uniform; lips whitish. Total length 660 millim. ;
greatest diameter of body 21 millim.
Isthmus of Darien; W. Ecuador.
a. Adult. W. Ecuador. Mr. Fraser [C.].
3. Cecilia ochrocephala.
Ocecilia ochrocephala, Cope, Proc. Ac. Philad. 1866, p. 182.
Proportions near those of Dermophis meaicanus; length 51
times the diameter at middle. Head narrowed; snout decurved,
not truncate, projecting acutely beyond mouth ; eyes not visible;
tentacle a little below the angle of the snout. Circular folds 200,
equidistant, complete above and below. ‘Tail obtuse, depressed.
Yellowish plumbeous ; the plice dark ; throat and head ochre-yellow.
Total length 325 millim.
Panama.
— a oo rl — — ee
4, Cecilia polyzona.
Ceecilia polyzona, Fischer, Mon. Berl. Ac. 1879, p. 987, and Arch.
f. Naturg. 1880, p. 215, pl. 8. f. 1-4.
Maxillary teeth (on each side) 11 or 12, vomero-palatines 10 or11, —
- Peete
* 142 in the type, 116 in a specimen in the Brussels Museum.
: ae eR
ay ae “dh
3. CQRCILIA. 95
outer mandibulars 10, inner mandibulars 5 or 6. Snout prominent,
_ pointed ; eyes hidden; tentacle below the nostril, on the lower face
_ of the snout. Body much elongate ; 207 or 209 circular folds, com-
plete, except a few which are interrupted on the belly ; accessory folds
between the ten hindermost, not meeting on the belly. Tail indistinct, |
rounded. Brownish grey, head and belly lighter; annuli marked
___with black. Total length 670 millim.; greatest diameter of body
11 millim.
Colombia.
5. Cecilia pachynema. (Puaze VI. fig. 2.)
Cecilia meme, Giinth. Proc, Zool, Soc. 1859, p. 417 ; Peters,
Mon. Berl, Ac. 1879, p. 935.
Teeth large, few, widely separated ; inner mandibulars very small,
few; outer mandibulars very large, anterior longest, 5; maxilla-
Pu ries 6; yvomero-palatines 9.‘ Snout broad, rounded; eyes rather
indistinct; tentacle below the nostril. Body cylindrical, very
much elongate ; 168 circular folds, widely interrupted on the dorsal
and yontral regions. Tail indistinct, rounded. Olive, lighter
beneath; a subquadrangular yellow spot between each two costal
_ folds, forming a lateral band interrupted by vertical olive lines.
Total length 930 wmillim.; greatest diameter of body 12 millim.
x W. Ecuador.
— Adult. W. Ecuador. Mr, Fraser [C.]. (Type.)
3 6. Cecilia gracilis.
Ceecilia gracilis, Gray, Cat. p. 57.
Ceecilia tentaculata, part., Zinn. Mus. Ad. Fred. pl. 5. f. 2. :
gracilis, Shaw, Zool. iii. p. 597; Giinth. Proc. Zool. Soc. 1859,
p- 417 ; Peters, Mon. Berl, Ac. 1879, p. 937.
— lumbricoidea, Daud. Rept. viii, p. 420, pl. 92; Dum. § Bibr.
p: 275; A. Dum. Mém. Soc. Cher. ix. p. 313.
Teeth rather large, 16 to 20 in the upper as well as in the lower
__ jaw; palatine and inner mandibular teeth small, few; anterior
mandibular tooth much the longest. Snout narrow, rounded,
very prominent; eyes indistinct, exceptionally slightly visible ;
tentacle on the lower face of the snout, below the nostril. Body
cylindrical, extremely elongate; 210 to 255 circular folds, inter-
rupted on the dorsal and ventral regions, except the hindermost.
Tail indistinct, rounded. Uniform brown or olive. Total length
700 millim.; greatest diameter of body 8 millim.: a very slender
specimen (¢) measures 650 and 5 millim.
Northern South America.
~~ ab. Adult. Surinam. Hr. Kappler [C. ].
. e. Adult. Cayenne. ;
d. Adult, bad state. Demerara. J. Hadfield, Esq. [P.].
96 CQHECILIID®.
e. Adult. W. Ecuador. Mr. Fraser [C.].
Ff. Adult. Canelos, Ecuador. Mr. Buckley [C.].
g. Adult, bad state. -—? Named by Dr. Shaw.
h, Adult. —? Sir A, Smith [P.].
a. Several spec. —?
k. Adult. —P-*
4, HYPOGEOPHIS.
Cecilia, sp., Dum. § Bibr. viii. p. 274; Gray, Cat. p. 57; A. Dum.
Mém. Soc. Cherb, ix. p. 311.
Hypogeophis, Peters, Mon. Berl. Ac. 1879, p. 936.
Geotrypetes, Peters, Sitzb. Ges. naturf. Fr, 1880, p. 55.
Squamosals in contact with parietals. Two series of teeth in the
lower jaw. ‘Tentacle flap-shaped, tentacular groove horseshoe-
shaped, situated below and behind the nostril. Cycloid scalesim-
bedded in the skin. a
Africa.
Synopsis of the Species.
Nearly all the circular folds completely sur-
rounding the body .................. 1. rostratus, p. 96.
The anterior 40 folds interrupted on the
P\4e
dorsal and ventral lines .............. 2. quentheri, p. 96.
All the circular folds, except the hindermost,
incompletely surrounding the body...... 3. seraphini, p. 97.
1. Hypogeophis rostratus. (Puare VII. fig. 2.)
Cecilia rostrata, Gray, Cat. p. 58.
Ceecilia rostrata, Cuv. R. A., 2° éd. i. p. 100; Dum. & Bibr. p. 279 ;
Peters, Mon. Berl. Ac. 1877, p. 456.
Hypogeophis rostratus, Peters, Mon. Berl. Ac. 1879, p. 936, and
Sitz. Ges. naturf. Fr. 1880, p. 53.
Teeth small, subequal, few in inner mandibulary row. Head
small; snout narrowed, acuminate, prominent, a little longer than
the distance between the eyes; eyes visible; tentacle near the lip,
much nearer the nostril than the eye. Body short, stout; about
125 circular folds, nearly all complete; a more or less distinct
raised line along each side of the back ; a median groove along the
abdominal face. ‘Tail indistinct, obtuse. Dark brown. Total
length 280 millim.; greatest diameter of body 10 millim.
Seychelles.
a-b. Adult & hgr. Seychelles. Dr. E. P. Wright [C.].
e-g. Young, with spiracula. | Seychelles. Dr. Giinther [P.].
h. Adult. —?P
2. Hypogeophis guentheri. (Prare VII. fig. 1.)
Teeth small, subequal, few in inner mandibulary row. Snout
4. HYPOGEOPHIS.—5. DERMOPHIS. 97
_ narrowed, acuminate, prominent, its length slightly more than the
_ distance between the eyes ; latter rather indistinct ; tentacle below
_ and behind the nostril, much nearer the latter than the eye. Body
_ short; 100 circular folds, the anterior 40 interrupted on the dorsal
| and ventral lines, the others complete. ‘Tail indistinct, rounded.
Uniform olive-brown. ‘Total length 260 millim.; greatest diameter
_ of body 11 millim.
Zanzibar.
a. Adult. Zanzibar. Capt. J. E. Parish, R.N. [P.].
b-g. Young, with spiracula. Zanzibar. Sir J. Kirk [C.].
3. Hypogeophis seraphini.
Ceecilia seraphini, 4. Dum. Arch. du Mus. x. p. 222, and Mém. Soc.
Cherb, ix. p. 314.
Hypogeophis seraphini, Peters, Mon. Berl, Ac. 1879, P. 937.
Geotrypetes seraphini, Peters, Sitzb. Ges. naturf. Fr. 1880, p. 55,
Teeth rather large, subequal, numerous in inner mandibulary row.
| Snout moderately prominent, rounded, slightly longer than the
_ distance between the eyes; latter visible ; tentacle near the lip, not
far beyond the vertical of the nostril. Body moderately elongate ;
120 circular folds, the hindermost only complete, those on the an-
terior two thirds of the body interrupted on the dorsal and ventral
lines, the remainder interrupted inferiorly. Tail indistinct, obtusely
conical. Dark brown, the folds yellowish. Total length 195
millim.; greatest diameter of body 6 millim. (Duméril gives 280
and 8 as the measurements of the adult.)
West Africa.
a. Hgr. Lagos.
5. DERMOPHIS.
Siphonops, sp., Dum. § Bibr. viii. p. 281; Gray, Cat. p. 59; A.
Dum. Mém. Soc. Cherb. ix. p. 317.
Dermophis, Peters, Mon. Berl. Ac. 1879, p. 987.
Squamosals in contact with pariectals. Two series of teeth in the
lower jaw. ‘Tentacle globular, tentacular groove circular, situated
in front of the eye. Cycloid scales imbedded in the skin.
Tropical America; West Africa.
Synopsis of the Species.
I. 150 to 170 circular folds, the secondary folds included.
Tentacle distinctly below the eye; belly
lighter, annuli dark ................ 1. mexicanus, p. 98.
Tentacle scarcely below the eye; blackish,
RR WF Fes Sec dart gia wk scm ete ks 2. albiceps, p.98.
a
98 CCCILIID&,
II. 125 to 145 circular folds. ,
Circular folds on the median portion of the
body alternately complete or incomplete 3. thomensis, p. 98.
Circular folds on the median portion of the %
body all incomplete ...............- 4, brasiliensis, p. 99 b
Tentacle close to the eye ..........006- 5. proximus, p.99.
III. 228 circular folds, complete; tentacle
loge. to The: OYOs feiies om kins sa be 2 6. simus, p. 99,
g
1. Dermophis mexicanus. (Prare VIII. fig. 2.)
Siphonops mexicana, Gray, Cat. p. 59. a.
Siphonops mexicanus, Dum. § Bibr. p. 284; A. Dum. 1. c, pe 23,
pl. —. f. 10. ’
Dermophis mexicanus, Peters, Mon. Berl. Ac. 1879, p. 937, pl.— -
f. 6. i
Teeth small, subequal; inner mandibulary teeth few, indistinct.
Snout rounded, moderately prominent, about as long as the distance
between the eyes; latter distinct ; tentacle below and in front of
the eye, nearer the latter than the. nostril. Body stout, moderate ly
elongate ; 150 to 170 circular folds, those on the anterior half and on
the hindermost part of the body complete, the others alternately
complete or interrupted on the belly. Tail indistinct, rounded.
Greyish brown above, whitish beneath; the folds dark brown. Total —
length 425 millim.; greatest diameter of body 20 millim.
Central America.
a-b, Adult. Mexico. “y t. Sir Edw. fp [Pape
ec. Adult. Mexico, ohnston, Esq. [P.].
d,e. Adult. Pacific coast of Guatemala. 0. Salvin, Esq.
f Adult. Panama. Capt. J. C. ee
g. Hgr. —-? Dow Museum [P.]
2. Dermophis albiceps. (Pxare VIII. fig. 1.)
Teeth small, subequal. Snout rounded, moderately prominent,
as long as the distance between the eyes ; ‘latter distinct ; tentacle
in front of, and slightly lower than, the eye. Body elongate ; 170 |
circular folds, those on the anterior half and on the hindermost part —
of the body complete, the others alternately complete or interrupted —
on the belly. ‘Tail indistinct, rounded. Blackish grey, the head —
white. Total length 210 millim. ; ; greatest diameter of body 4$ .
millim. ‘a
Ecuador. 4
a. Her. ? Ecuador. Mr. Buckley [C.].
3. Dermophis thomensis.
Siphonops thomensis, Bocage, Jorn. Sc. Lish. xv. 1873, p. 224.
brevirostris, Peters, Mon. Berl. Ac. 1874, p. 617, ‘pl. 1. f. 2:
5, DERMOPHIS.—6, GYMNOPIS. 99
Dermophis brevirostris, Peters, eod. loc, 1879, p. 937.
thomensis, Peters, /. c. p. 988, & 1880, p. 228.
Snout subacuminate, moderately prominent; eyes distinct; ten-
tacle in front of and below the eye. Body moderately elongate ;
125 to 145 circular folds, those on the anterior two thirds and on
the hindermost part of the body complete, the others alternately
complete or incomplete. Tail indistinct, rounded. Yellowish,
brownish, or greyish. Total length 320 milli. ; cea diameter
of body 15 millim.
West Africa.
4. Dermophis ? brasiliensis.
Siphono ee brasiliensis, Reinh, §& Liitk. Vidensk. Meddel. 1861, p. 202.
Dermophis? brasiliensis, Peters, Mon, Berl. Ac. 1879, p. 938.
Tentacle near the eye, in front and below. Head narrow, elon-
- gate. 133 annuli, the 20 anterior and the 13 posterior complete,
_ the others incomplete. Total length forty-six times the greatest
diameter. Dark grey.
fp
Bu,
| : Brazil.
5. Dermophis? proximus.
Siphonops proximus, Cope, Proc. Amer. Philos. Soc. xvii. 1OEe » p. 90.
Dermophis ? proximus, Peters, 1. c.
Much resembling D. mewicanus, but the general form more elon-
_ gate and slender, and the tentacle close to the eye, 129 annuli. Total
length 425 millim.; diameter 17 millim.
Coast of Eastern Costa Rica.
6. Dermophis ? simus.
Siphonops simus, Cope, /. c. p. 91.
Dermophis ? simus, Peters, 1. ¢.
Snout wide, truncate; tentacle close to theeye. Annuli complete,
228. Dark brown, below a little paler. Total length 308 millim. ;
diameter at middle 11 millim.
Costa Rica.
6. GYMNOPIS.
Rhinatrema, sp., 4. Dum. Mém. Soc. Cherb, ix. p. 320.
Gymunopis, Peters, Mon. Berl. Ac. 1874, p. 216, & 1879, p. 938.
Squamosals in contact with parietals. Eyes overroofed by bone.
Two series of teeth inthe lower jaw. Tentacle globular, surrounded
by a circular groove, situated considerably behind the nostril. Cy-
cloid scales imbedded in the skin.
Tropical America.
1006 CO@CILIIDA.
Synopsis of the Species.
250 circular folds, complete or alternately
complete and incomplete ............ 1. multiplicata, p.100. —
180 to 190 circular folds, complete ...... 2. unicolor, p. 100.
166 circular folds, mostly incomplete .... 3. oligozona, p. 100.
1. Gymnopis multiplicata.
Gymnopis multiplicata, Peters, Mon. Berl, Ac, 1874, p. 616, pl. 1. f.1, 7
& 1879, p. 939, pl. —. f. 7.
Teeth small, numerous, subequal. Snout rounded, prominent. 7
Body moderately elongate ; 250 circular folds, the anterior 20 and —
the posterior 31 complete, the others alternately complete and in-
complete. ‘Tail indistinct, rounded. Bluish grey; belly dark grey, —
passing into yellowish on the posterior part. Total length 500 —
millim.; diameter of body 19 millim.
Veragua and Antioquia.
2. Gymnopis unicolor.
Rhinatrema unicolor, 4. Dum. Mém. Soc. Cherb, ix. p. 821, pl. 1. :
f. 6-8.
Gymnopis unicolor, Peters, Mon. Berl. Ac. 1879, p. 939.
Snout rounded, prominent. Body moderately elongate; 180 to —
190 circular folds, complete. Tail indistinct, rounded. Olive; head —
and tail light greenish yellow. Total length 225 millim. ; diameter ~
of body 6 millim.
Cayenne.
3. Gymnopis ? oligozona.
Siphonops oligozonus, Cope, Proc. Amer. Philos, Soc, xvii. 1877, ?
91.
Pp
Gymnopis ? oligozona, Peters, Mon. Berl. Ac. 1879, p. 939.
Snout narrow, projecting. Body elongate ; 166 annuli, anterior _
14 and posterior 25 complete, 15th to 73rd incomplete, the others
alternately complete and incomplete. Plumbeous brown; head
yellowish. Total length 263 millim. ; diameter 5 millim.
Hab. ?
7. HERPELE.
Ceecilia, s Py Gray, Cat. p. 59; A. Dum., Mém. Soc. Cherb. ix. p, 811, a
e
Herpele, Peters, Mon. Berl. Ae. 1879, p. ” 939.
Squamosals in contact with parietals; eyes overroofed by bone. §
Two series of teeth in the lowerjaw. Tentacle globular, surrounded —
by a ring-like groove, situated below and posteriorly to the OGRE
Cycloid scales imbedded in the skin.
West Africa.
age one
i!
7. HERPELE.—9. SIPHONOPS. 101
1. Herpele squalostoma. (Prats IX. fig. 1.)
Ceecilia squalostoma, Gray, Cat. p. 59.
Ceecilia squalostoma, Stutchbury, Trans. Linn. Soc. xvii. p. 362,
A, Dum. Arch. Mus. x. p. 222, and Mém. Soc. Cherb. ix. p. 314.
Herpele squalostoma, Peters, Mon. Berl, Ac. 1879, p. 939, pl.—.
f. 8.
Teeth small, numerous, subequal; inner mandibulary teeth few.
Snout rounded, very prominent. Body elongate, cylindrical; 130
or 135 (140 to 150 according to Stutchbury and Duméril) annuli,
all complete. Tail indistinct, rounded. Olive-brown, sometimes
with yellow spots. Total length 450 millim.; greatest diameter of
body 11 millim.
W. Africa.
a, Adult. Gaboon.
- 6, Adult. —P Dr. Wright [P.].
8. GEGENOPHIS.
Gegenes (non Hiibner), Giinth. Proc. Zool. Soc. 1875, p. 577.
Gegeneophis, Peters, Mon. Berl. Ac. 1879, p. 932.
Squamosals in contact with parietals. Two series of teeth in
the lower jaw. yes overroofed by bone. Tentacle globular,
surrounded by a circular groove, situated behind and below the
nostril. No scales.
India.
1. Gegenophis carnosus.. (Prare VIII. fig. 3.)
Epicrium carnosum, Beddome, Madras Month, Journ. Med. Sc. 1870,
p. 176
Gegenes carnosus, Giinth. 1. ¢.
Teeth small, subequal. Snout narrowed, projecting; tentacle
near the lip. Body elongate; 115 to 120 circular folds, all rather
indistinct, interrupted on the back, the hindermost complete. Tail
indistinct, rounded. Light brown; head yellowish. Total length
177 millim. ; greatest diameter of body 34 millim.
Wynaad.
a-b, Hgr.? Periah Peak. Col. Beddome [C.]. (Types.)
9. SIPHONOPS.
Siphonops, Wagler, Isis, 1828, p. 740, and Syst. Amph. p. 198;
Tschudi, Batr. p. 90; Peters, Mon. Berl. Ac. 1879, p. 940.
Siphonops, sp., Dum. § Bibr. viii. p. 282; Gray, Cat. p.59; A. Dum.
Mém, Soc. Cherb. ix. p. 317.
Squamosals in contact with parietals. A single series of teeth in
the lower jaw. Tentacle flap-shaped, tentacular groove horseshoe-
shaped, situated in front of the eye. No scales.
Tropical America.
102 CQCILIID.A.
1. Siphonops annulatus. (Puare VIII. fig. 4.)
Siphonops interrupta (Cuv.), Gray, Cat. p. 59.
pice oer ae Delect. Flor. Faun. Bras. ; Spix, Serp. Bras.
Sishonicie annulatus, Wagl. l. c. pl. x. f. 1-2; Dum. & Bibr. p. 282,
pl. 85, f. 1; A. Dum. i.e. pl. 1. £.2; Peters, 1. ¢.
Teeth small, numerous, subequal. Snout broad, rounded, mode-
rately prominent, shorter than the distance between the eyes ; latter
distinct ; tentacle in front of and below the eye. Body stout, eylin-
drical, moderately elongate; 85 to 95 circular folds, all complete,
ceasing before the vent. ‘Tail indistinct, rounded. Blackish or
olive; annuli and borders of the vent whitish. Total length 390
millim.; greatest diameter of body 16 millim.
Guianas; Brazil; Ecuador; Peru.
a,b. Ad, & yg. Bahia. Dr. Wucherer [C.}.
e. Her. Bahia.
d,e. Adult. Rio Janeiro. A. Fry, Esq. [P.].
J. Adult. Brazil. Lord Stuart [ P.].
g. Her. Brazil.
A. Agr. Sarayacu, Keuador. Mr. Buckley [C.].
-k, Adult. Moyobamba. Mr. A. H. Roff [C.).
I,m. Ad. & yg. —-? Derby Museum [P.].
n. Adult. ——?
10. TYPHLONECTES.
Ceecilia, sp., Dum. & Bibr. viii. p- 274; Gray, Cat. p. 57; A. Dum.
Mém. Soe. Cherb, ix. p.311.
Typhlonectes, Peters, Mon. Berl. Ac. 1879, p. 940.
Squamosals in contact with parietals. Two series of teeth in the
lower jaw. Tentacle flap-shaped; tentacular groove horseshoe-
shaped, situated behind the nostril. No scales. Body more or less
compressed towards the end. Vent surrounded by a sort of adhe-
sive disk.
South America.
Synopsis of the Species.
135 to 167 circular folds, interrupted
OWNS PBR, soy osm ee aon bse esos 1. compressicauda, p. 102.
99 circular folds, all complete; snout
very prominent .. 6.0.6. eee ees 2. dorsalis, p. 103.
Circular folds indistinct ; suout very
PROTMIONE. 5 vis o.oo Cem imei oe 3. natans, p. 103.
1. Typhlonectes compressicauda.
Cecilia compressicauda, Gray, Cat. p. 58.
Ceecilia compressicauda, Dum. § Bibr. p. 278; Peters, Mon. Berl.
Ac. 1874, p. 45, & 1875, p. 483, pl. —.
0 tag compressicaudus, Peters, eod. loc, 1879, p. 941, pl. —.
eb B
10. TYPHLONECTEs. 103
Snout broad, rounded ; eyes distinct ; tentacle close to the nostril.
Body stout, moderately elongate, becoming gradually compressed
and keeled above towards the end; 135 to 167 circular folds, inter-
rupted on the back. Tail indistinct. Olive-brown. Total length
_ 470 millim.; diameter of body 20 millim.
- Guianas; Venezuela.
2. Typhlonectes dorsalis.
Coecilia dorsalis, Peters, Mon. Berl. Ac. 1877, p. 459, pl. —.
Typhlonectes dorsalis, Peters, eod. loc. 1879, p. 941.
Snout rounded, very prominent; eyes distinct; tentacle behind
and below the nostril, twice as far from the eye as from the latter.
Body rather slender, elongate ; a raised line on the hinder part of
the back, continued on the distinct, compressed, rudiment of tail ;
circular folds 99, all complete ; anal disk very distinct. Yellowish
brownish olive, theannuli black. Total length 265 millim. ; diameter
of body 7 millim.
Angostura, Venezuela.
3. Typhlonectes natans. (Prare IX. fig. 3.)
Cecilia natans, Fischer, Mon. Berl. Ac, 1879, p. 941, and Arch. f.
Nat. 1880, p. 217, pl. viii. f. 5-7.
Typhlonectes natans, Peters, Mon. Berl. Ac. 1879, p. 941.
RS Inner row of mandibular teeth composed of 12 to 14 teeth.
_ -Snout very prominent ; eyes distinct; tentacle behind and slightly
below the nostril, three times nearer the latter than the eye. Body
moderately elongate, strongly compressed posteriorly, with a more
or less distinct prominent ridge on the posterior part of the back;
skin granulate; circular folds very indistinct. Tail distinct.
_ Brownish grey, a little lighter beneath; anal disk white. Total
length 360 millim.; greatest diameter of body about 10 millim.
Cacera, Colombia.
a, Adult. Berlin Museum [E.}.
The following species is referred, with doubt, by Prof. Peters to
this genus; but nothing in Mr. Cope’s description would seem to
indicate the correctness of that view :—
SrpHonors syNrreMvS, Cope, Proc. Ac. Philad. 1866, p. 129.
“This species differs from the four hitherto known (S. indt-
stinctus, R. & L., annulatus, Mik., brasiliensis, Liitk., mexicanus,
D. & B.) in the close approximation of the narial and tentacular
openings; the latter lie behind the former, and are slightly larger.
The minute eyes are just visible; the internal nares are some dis-
tance behind the palatine arch. Muzzle projecting, obtuse in pro-
file; from above narrowed, rounded. Teeth large, five on each
ramus mandibuli. A gular and strong postgular fold; 130 annular
plicee, which are complete, except slight ventral interruption ante-
104 CQCILIID.
riorly ; the posterior third of the length with intermediate annuli,
which are first lateral only, then complete above, entirely complete _
on the terminal inch: the whole number will then be about 170 —
annuli. Form of body rather slender ; tail depressed at end, short,
acuminate. Colour dark plumbeous, annuli yellow-lined; head
yellowish brown.”
Belize.
11. CHTHONERPETON.
Chthonerpeton, Peters, Mon. Berl. Ac. 1879, p. 940.
Squamosals separated from parietals. Two series of teeth in the
lower jaw. Tentacle flap-shaped, the tentacular groove crescent-
shaped, situated between the nostril and the eye. No scales.
South America.
1. Chthonerpeton indistinctum.
Siphonops indistinctus, Reinh. § Liith. Vidensk. Meddel. 1861, p. 208;
A. Dum. Mém. Soe, Cherb. ix. p. 318.
Chthonerpeton indistinctum, Peters, Mon. Berl. Ac. 1879, p. 940,
Teeth small, numerous, subequal. Snout rounded, prominent ;
eyes distinct ; tentacle between the nostril and the eye, below the -
line which would unite them. Body moderately elongate; circular
folds 78 to 100, rather indistinct, incomplete. Tail indistinct,
rounded. Blackish grey, with or without irregular lighter spots.
Total length 320 millim. ; greatest diameter of body 12 millim.
Porto Alegre; Buenos Ayres.
2. Chthonerpeton petersii. (Pxare IX. fig. 2.)
Teeth small, numerous, subequal. Snout rounded, moderately
prominent; eyes not distinct through the skin; tentacle close to
and behind the nostril. Body elongate; 145 circular folds, com-
plete except the anterior 28, which are interrupted on the dorsal
and ventral line. Tail indistinct, rounded. Uniform dark olive-
grey, the eyes indicated by a whitish spot. Total length 620 millim. ;
greatest diameter of body 16 millim. )
Upper Amazon.
a. Adult. Upper Amazon,
THE GEOGRAPHICAL DISTRIBUTION
OF THE
BATRACHIA.
the various primary Geographical Divisions which have been
proposed, that recognized by Giinther for Freshwater Fishes, into
Northern, Equatorial, and Southern zones, agrees best with the facts
deducible from a study of Batrachians. We. have, however, to make
one modification, as for Batrachians a separate Southern zone does
jot exist. Tasmania and Patagonia do not differ in any point
egarding their Frog-fauna from Australia and South America re-
ctively. In other words, the geographical distribution of the
trachia agrees in general with that of Freshwater Fishes; whilst
er groups of cold-blooded Vertebrata, the Lacertilia for instance,
re subject to a totally different plan of dispersion, which is better
sed by the divisions proposed by Sclater.
ih spite of the objections that have been made to the practice of
spelt to define geographical regions from considerations derived
from their own particular study, I still believe this to be the only
iieceostul way of dealing with the subject; and I consider that
fallacious conclusions would be arrived at if a division of the Globe’s
surface made for Reptilia were applied, without modification, to
actrachians, or even to the several orders of the former Class.
The following are the principal divisions adopted :—
ig hs Tur Nortuzrn Zonr.—Characterized by abundance of Caudata
and absence of Apoda.
1. Europo-Asiatic or Palearctic Region—Numerous Salaman-
drine. Absence of Hylide witha single exception. Dis-
coglossidee,
2. North-American Region.—Sirenide; few Salamandrine ;
Plethodontine, Amblystomatine, and Hylide numerous ;
Desmognathine.
II. Tae Eqvarortat Sovurnern Zonu.—Characterized by Apoda or
absence of Caudata.
_ A. Firmisternia Division (=Cyprinoid Division of Giinther).—
Firmisternia greatly predominate (260 species out of 300).
Absence of Hylide and Oystignathide.
1. Indian Region.—No Aglossa or Dendrobatide.
2. African: Region. —Dactylethride or Dendrobatide.
B. Arcifera Division (=Acyprinoid Division of Giinther).—
Areifera greatly predominate (370 out of 420). Hylide,
Cystignathide.
1. Tropical American Region. Apoda, Pipide, Hemiphractide,
Amphignathodontide, Dendrophrynscide, Dendrobatide.
Bufo numerous.
2. Australian Region—Absence of Apoda and Bufo.
I
106 GEOGRAPHICAL DISTRIBUTION
1. Tae Evropo-Asraric on Patmarcric Rraion.
This region is limited in the south-west by the Sahara, all
the species hitherto recorded from Morocco, Algiers, and Tunis —
being truly Palearctic, and not less than four species of the order
Caudata (which is altogether absent in the African Region) occurring —
in this part of North Africa. Northern Egypt presents an in-
teresting mixture of Palearctic and African forms; of the four
Ecaudata known from that country, two (Bufo viridis and Hyla
arborea) are widely distributed in the Europo-Asiatic, the two —
others (Rana mascareniensis and Bufo regularis) in the African
Region ; a species of Tailed Batrachian also occurs, but is known
from the larva only *. Little is known of Arabia, but the northern
parts appear to agree with Northern Egypt. Syria is decidedly
Palearctic, as is also North-eastern Persia, where the widely dis-—
tributed Rana esculenta, Bufo viridis, Hyla arborea, and Molge
cristata occur without the addition of any African or Indian form. —
Afghanistan appears to be Indian. In Southern China we meet —
with a gradual predominance of Indian types. Roughly speaking, —
the 30° lat. N. may be considered the line separating the Europo-_
Asiatic Region from the African and Indian. 3
The Europo-Asiatic Region is poorer than any other in the —
number of species; as regards genera it equals the N orth-Americaay
and Australian Regions.
The Discoglosside only, the least specialized of all the families of
Ecaudata, can be regarded as peculiar to this region, although one
representative occurs outside its boundaries, viz. the genus Liopelma
of New Zealand, which thus affords a remarkable and perfectly —
analogous instance of the distribution of the Salmonoid genera Os-
merus and Retropinna. The other families of Heaudata are :—the —
Ranide, occurring in every other part of the World but Australia ; the -
Bufonide, which are cosmopolitan ; the Hylidae, a widely distributed q
group, rich in species, represented in this Region by a single species 5
and the Pelobatide, a small group represented, besides, in the North-_
American and Indian Regions and in New Guinea. The Caudata —
are chiefly Salamandride, which family occurs wherever the Order —
is represented ; one genus of the small families Amphiumide and —
Proteide are also represented by single species, the former reaching —
its greatest development in the North-American Region. q
Two Subregions may be distinguished—the European and the —
Asiatic, the Oural and the Aralo-Caspian steppes forming the line —
of separation. Japan does not differ in any important character
from Eastern Asia, and about half of its species (6 out of 13) oor
also in China. ;
The European Subregion is characterized by Pelobatide and Daa
glosside, and by the numerous Salamandrine and the genus Proteus 5
very curiously, a species. of the otherwise entirely American genus
a
SS
* M. F. Lataste has received several larvee of a Salamandroid collected nese! ¥
Alexandria by M. Letourneux. It will probably turn out to be Salam. maculosa,
which has recently been discovered in Syria, and which will accordingly be
Circummediterranean.
a
pe
i *
OF THE BATRACHTIA. 107
_ Spelerpes occurs in Italy. The Asiatic Subregion is characterized
by the presence of two outposts of the Indian genus Rhacophorus ;
no Pelobatide have as yet been found within its boundaries ; and
the Discoglosside are represented by the European Bombinator
igneus only. The Cawlata belong mostly to the Amblystomatine,
_ the Salamandrine being represented by only 4 species (against 19
_ in the European Subregion), one of which is widely distributed in
_ Europe. We must also notice the occurrence of Megalobatrachus,
closely allied to the North-American Cryptobranchus.
The following table will show the proportions of the known
genera and speciesin the two subregions. The European Subregion
appears at present richer both as regards genera and species ; but we
may expect this fact to he reversed when the fauna of Central Asia
is better known.
Both
Subregions.
ECAUDATA.
FirMIsTERNIA.
European
Subregion.
Asiatic
Subregion,
LEER IT a eg = ae a ne
i
bo or
bo
Pelobatide.
ME, KGa 6c uvice x As ee 9 0eas 2
ESS a ee arene ee 1
Discoglosside
OG Go a a a 1
SS ee ee ra ee » a I
CAUDATA.
Salamandride. |
Salamandrine. |
ROTI lc as ay o.edw sles sv 3
BR a ee eae 1
Me adie ONG ie Shsiy siuie'9 0.0m ds ks 14
RO UAOIATIGORINY iis og oi cies kine oe wee 1
OV ORIONT oir ins 8 dee eae a ce
Amblystomatine.
RT att dees sh spa UN a0 809s 3
Matamandralla®: 66. see eee < 2
Onychodactylus® .....2..... 6.08. i 1
Kg 1
1
to
| ae)
="
0 Oa aces ee ee
Batrachyperus® ...........se..05.
Plethodontine.
CON SO ee a eee 1
Proteide.
EM eae ies viniv vee eseuet 1
Amphiumide.
Megalobatrachus* ................ ps 1
Those groups marked with an asterisk (*) are peculiar to the Region.
ROB oo: GEOGRAPHICAL DIsTRIBUTION
Thus we have 9 genera and 34 species peculiar to the European
and 8 genera and 20 species to the Asiatic Subregion; Mi
genera and 7 species are spread over both. .
It is also interesting to observe the gradual transition of #
European Caudata into the North-American fauna, as is shown
the following table :—
Number of Species in the
European Asiatic N. American
Subregion. Subregion. Region. —
Salamandrine ............ 20 4 2 q
Amblystomatine .......... ae 8 17.
Amphiumides oo .6i4.siislews “ 1 3
whilst, on the other hand, we must notice the presence of Peélo.
batide in Kurope and North America, they being absent in the in
mediate Asiatic Subregion; also the presence in Europe of a spec
of Spelerpes, a genus abundantly represented in North America «
not in Asia; and, finally, the affinity which exists between fh
European Proteus and the North-American Necturus. 3
No species is known to be common to the Europo-Asiatic an
North-American Regions, but some, such as Rana temporaria, Buf
calamita, &c., and their North-American representatives, are Ki
tremely closely related, and to be distinguished with difficulty only.
If we except the very widely distributed genera Runa, Bufo, and
Hyla, we have only two genera which are common to both regions,
viz. Molge and Spelerpes. q
2. Tar Nortu-American Reeion.
It is difficult to draw a boundary line between the N orth: Amer i
and the Tropical-American Regions; a large territory, extendir 1g
from the Rio Grande del Norte to the Isthmus of Tehuantepec, has
a North-American fauna in its elevated parts, whilst a trop
flourishes in its low country ; besides, as in all intermediate distriet
a gradual mixing of the two faune obtains. We adopt the boundary-
line drawn by Wallace. ‘g
The North-American Region is particularly characterized by the
great abundance of Caudata, viz. 55 species (that is, more than half
of those actually known) occurring within its boundary. It has one
family peculiar to it, the Sirenide. The Salamandroid subfamilies
Desmognathine and Plethodontine are also characteristic of thi eh
region, although the latter has one representative occurring in Europe
and a few in the Tropical-American Region. The family Amp
umide may also be considered characteristic of the North-Ame
Region, as it possesses three out of four species and two out of th
genera. The Ecaudata are chiefly Rana and Hylide: of Bufo th
are relatively few species; the Pelobatide are represented by
genus Scaphiopus. In the South two outposts occur from
Tropical-American Region, viz. Hngystoma and Hylodes, both rep
sented by a single species.
OF THE BATRACHIA. 109
The two Subregions into which this Region is frequently divided
do not present the same marked distinctive features as the corre-
sponding Subregions of the Eastern Hemisphere; but we may
notice that the small groups Sirenida, Proteide, Amphiumide, and
Desmognathine are restricted to the Eastern Subregion, whilst all
other groups are distributed also in the Western. With one or two
exceptions the species are different.
ECAUDATA.
FIRMISTERNIA. Number of Species.
Ranide.
SMA aoe teri) CAPS Ae ores ie Ee 16
Engystomatide.
ME TOUORNE Wie tte seks »n.8 eR ole 5 6 1
ARCIFERA.
Cystignathide.
EMMA BSR s sv acs tke ssh 0 mins 4 apm acm ous 1
~ i
MEMS aE La op od Vel B SK aks cece RR eS 7
Hylide,
PMO ae tT aR eats 655) bb v. 2 ceeding See ea as 7
ol PaPee SRR RR a een reae e e if
Ne Gah SN ois baw Skeid 8.9.5 Bos Weed wired
Pelobatide.
EG UB yop kickin vw id.oss siempia'e oaoeca ws 8
CAUDATA.
Salamandride.
Salamandrine.
Acer gio Mak 4s ects tacts: © mn, G asked vias 2
Amblystomatine.
POR CONOE es Laos jae siasee sp wee bans 1
PUMA EO IG sare oe Yin dv ote ae as aoe he 16
Plethodontine.
POO ay Siedler be ee eV eas 2
OE PT et ee ae eee IE 6
PIOMACMOROUE Bsc sib coos ais ws dn dd owes 0 4
EE Seca eB yield Ch Ncce sens 12
Se eR re Ce a OE 2
Desmognathine.*
PIORINORNAUOUE Sores t oinine Se.0 o's bie ela aan 3
Wee Gi ANS ETA, UE ag or aac ear a 1
Amphiumde.
DFPPOOMTANCHUSY kc ce sales wens cela’ 1
OMEN A ad's ei dx opis HORA alee bre 2
Proteide.
RMOMIME RIN asa 64s 0 uy'e, cua le andow Riaiaiewry 69.8.8 1
Strenide *.,
BMRA see Cant Sis poe per ce ehet ay faces 1
110 GEOGRAPHICAL DISTRIBUTION
3. Tue Arrican Region.
This Region, which comprises the whole of Africa (with the ex-
ception of the Northern part), Southern Arabia, Madagascar, the
Seychelle and Mascarene Islands, is characterized by an almost
entirely Firmisternian Frog-fauna, the Arcifera belonging to two
genera only, viz. Nectophryne, which occurs in the Indian Region
with three species and here with one, and the nearly cosmopolitan
Bufo. This character is still more marked inthe Madegasse Subregion,
whose numerous Frogs are exclusively Firmisternia. A striking
feature of the African continent is the development of an Aglossous
family, Dactylethride. The Caudata are totally absent. The Apoda
represented by few species, 3 in West Africa, 1 in East Africa, and
1 in the Seychelles; they have not been found either in South
Africa or in Madagascar. These five species of Apoeda belong to
three genera, of which one is peculiar to the Region, the two others
occurring also either in the Indian or Tropical-American Region,
Of the 20 genera of Ecaudata Firmisternia, 17 are peculiar to Africa,
amongst which Rappia deserves special notiee, as representing the
Indian Jvalus.
Two well-marked Subregions may be distinguished—the Conti-
nental and the Madegasse. The former is characterized by the
Dactylethride, the presence of Bufonide, and the genera Chiro-
mantis, Phrynobatrachus, Cassina, Hylambates, Phrynomantis, Bre-
viceps, and probably Hemisus*. One Indian species, the widely
distributed Rana cyanophlyctis, occurs in Arabia (R. chrenbergii,
Ptrs.); and the West-African Rana occipitalis is so closely allied to
the Oriental A. tigrina that it is extremely difficult to distinguish
them.
The Madegasse Subregion is of high interest, presenting an
assemblage of African, Indian, and Tropical-American forms. The
first, however, greatly predominate, whilst Indian types are repre-
sented by numerous species of Rhacophorus and one speeies of Oalo-
phrynus. We must also mention the small family Dyseophide, of
which six species inhabit Madagascar and one the Indian Region.
The genus Mantella, which is peculiar to Madagascar, forms with —
the closely allied South-American Dendrobates the family Dendro-
batide. As mentioned already, we do not know yet one single
representative of the Arcifera; therefore no two parts of the world
are more different in their Batrachian fauna than Madagascar and
Australia, the former being composed solely of Firmisternia, the
latter solely of Arcifera. They, however, agree in some negative
characters, being the only two parts of the world which entirely
lack the genus Bufo and have neither Caudata nor Apoda.
* Tt is doubtful whether Grandidier’s Hemisus obscurus has been referred to
the proper genus.
_ Pe
—T
at
“ OF THE BATRACHIA. 111
Number of Species.
Ba|e¢ a
ECAUDATA, £8 a2 | g
PHANEROGLOSSA. fe|22\o3
Fim 63 | a3 sae:
MISTERNIA, Sa |e e
Ranide.
TERDE ccc te hee an pane ed oe vies s oie) 23 10 2
Rhacophorus .........+.---+e+- es 13
Chiromantis*® .........0..seees 3
Phrynobatrachus*® ............65 3
Arthroleptis * .........2:-seeees 7 1
BDO Oo ails ins wine henley Reels 19 4
Megalixalus*® ........2.ee.ee0es 6 1
NESE A och G 4 wig wae Sipe e's ie. eS 2
Hylambates* .........,..e00ee 9
Dendrobatide.
CATION Fo idicialy woe sie eels fdas 4
Engystomatide.
Calophrynus ......ececeeeeeers 1
Scaphiophryne* .........6- 000s ms 1
Phrynomantis ........-..+ee0e+: 2
Breviceps * ........--es..eeeees 3
Rhombophryne*..............++ ‘ 1
BUMIIGUS Fo on sian seam eee. 2 1?
Dyscophide.
Dyscophus *..........ceee scenes 2
Plethodontohyla* ............++. 3
Piatypelis® is. ss ocsie see eae ws 1
Cophyla *. 20.0.0... eee eee ee ence 1
ARCIFERA.
Bufonide.
Nectophryne..........seeseeeees ane
I Pence coin eine ee cued aaa wa Soe:
: AGLOSSA.
Dactylethride *. |
BOOMER CR cages ads Ossi seks IRR
APODA. |
Ceeciliide.
UI PeROS PRINS oo ei once seca py ete aoe 8 | 1
Hypogeophis *...............45. 3
BPTI avs sata hin se asceeatass penile ee
4. Tue Inpran Reeton.
As previously observed, 30° N. lat. may be taken as the northern
boundary of this Region, which is limited westwards by the Persian
Gulf; its eastern boundaries are in the islands of the Molucca
and Banda seas, where the fauna commences to pass into that of
Australia. In its general character this Region bears a strong
resemblance to Tropical Africa, whilst it is most distinct from
Australia. It exceeds the African fauna as regards the number
112 _ GEOGRAPHICAL DISTRIBUTION
of species (167: 139), the number of genera being about the —
same (27:26), There is no family peculiar to it. The Firmister- —
nian families Ranid@ and Engystomatide are represented by nume- —
rous genera and species, and the Dyscophide by one; the Arcifera
by Bufonide, Pelobatide, and Hylide ; the latter, however, occur in —
the northern parts only, in two species very closely related to
the Europo-Asiatie Hyla arborea. Two forms: of Oaudata occur,
viz. Tylototriton, in Yunnan and the Himalayas, and a species
of the otherwise entirely North-American genus Amblystoma,
which has been found in the mountains of Laos. These forms,
however, cannot be considered to be characteristic of the Indian
Region, but should be regarded as immigrants from the Northern Zone;
and, in fact, they seem to be limited to such altitudes as compensate
the difference of latitude. Another Europo-Asiatie immigrant in
the northern parts is the widely distributed Bufo viridis. Five
species of Apoda occur belonging to three genera, two of which are
peculiar to the Region, the other being represented by a species in —
West Africa.
ECAUDATA. 3
FIRMISTERNIA. Number of Species.
Ranide.
Oxygloasis®: 5s ss sdasducauees tree eee 3
Randi sic sss voee ee vere Dae ee 48
Rhacophorus . 0.46 <4 i455 sUBbgicnwets eee 23
Tealus®.”, os sceusauyea ls dk ohinedn ane 27
Odenufer .() fa skh gence fons Se ee a ee 2
Nyctibatrachus® «5.00.04. 050 05 Ree 2
Nannobatrachus*® <0). 6:.'5 0-0. «see eae 3
Nyotixalus® 00.000 .c5 ss «cb o's 52) 1
Wannophirys * 3. 55... 4.05. t5-8 aes eee 2
Engystomatide.
Melanobatrachus*®. ...........ceeeveeees 1
Oalopheynns ss s/s: ssus. «se oan pee 2
Mictony lee cis 20s wow eae ee 5
RAUL 52 ars: sate ee soo, 3.4) t 0 ny pee 7
Cacopuie 6) ois cape viess ook en eee 2
Glyphoglossus *. 64 ois so5.s0te cece wee 1
Dyscophide.
Callaelia ® so. Ca SKk o's ve eee 1
ARCIFERA.
ae. 5
ecto DOG Vie aces ele aa ot Hnte a eon eee
Bufo peyn Caepen paved «yu ee aanee eae 22
INGGHOS Bs. 5 > ore atnie bs ae kaki he eee 1
Hylide.
EL yin Tae es ons vais u ne 64 Cae 2
Pelobatide.
Leptobrachium* ............4++ ose aikte’ ss 2
gid pe Be cat Stew aad a-5 foo 0 hen RE 1
Mega optenk sis npn pio alae do 4's ee 2
OF THE BATRACHTA, 113
CAUDATA. .
Salamandride. Number of Species.
Salamandrine.
DPOweritont ere ea es ee ss eee saree I
Amblystomatine. ;
RMP OUNO rats cane Sacco Loa» vis the ele ze 1
APODA.
= Ceeilude,
oe REIN Nl Loo ig sg ales. Clem #49. neg ieye sia Bs 2
am) DIMMU IIS Cd diols Pace cn ob. o4 454 8c k ox 5 2
ae EMMRIMY EIS nce mex ee ctisie ce cs aap et 1
5. Tur Trorrcat-AMeEriIcan Recion.
_ he Tropical-American Region comprises the whole of South
_ America, Central America to the limits of the North-American
Region, and the West Indies. It exceeds every other Region with
ae to the number of families, genera, and species, the total
number of the latter being about four ninths of all those actually
_ known.
The Eeaudata are represented by :—very numerous Cystignathide
_ and Hylide, these two families alone equalling in number all the
rest; numerous Bufonide and Engystomatide ; few Ranide, a few
_ of which only belong to the genus Rana; the Dendrobatide, the
+ second genus of which inhabits Madagascar ; the Dendrophryniscide,
a Amphignathodontide, and Hemiphractide, three small families con-
fined to this region ; and, finally, the Piped, which, with the African
Dactylethride, constitute the suborder Aglossa.
_ Asmall number of Caudata, belonging to the genus Spelerpes,
inhabit Central America—two species, favoured by altitude, extend-
ing southwards to Colombia, and a third reaching a few degrees
‘south of the equator. A species of the same genus has also been
recently described from the West Indies. But the most extraordi-
nary instance of geographical distribution, if it be confirmed, will
be the presence in the valley of the Plate river of a species of
_ Plethodon extremely closely allied to the Californian forms.
The Apoda are represented by 6 genera and 21 species. Out of
_ these 6 genera, 5 are peculiar to the region; the other, curiously
enough, it has in common with West Africa.
The striking character of this region is the great proportion
(224 : 38) of Arcifera, and especially of Cystignathide and Hylidae, it
in this respect. resembling the Australian region. Its affinities with
the Indian and African regions are shown by the development of
____ Engystomatide, and with the latter region particularly by the pre-
sence of Aglossa, Dendrobatide, and the Apodal genus Dermophis.
As to its affinities with the North-American region, it is well
known that one fauna passes gradually into the other; but if we
_ compare the fauna of the United States with that of South America,
the difference between them is as great as between those of any
____ other two Regions, Africa and Australia excepted.
: K
%
114 GEOGRAPHICAL DISTRIBUTION
ECAUDATA.
PHANEROGLOSSA.
FIRMISTERNIA. Number of Species. —
Ranide. q
d575 11: SER PREY B Atemmeaig Reber Bet Won rio: 5
Hrylixalus 3. o.9 tice ks eee ae 7 ee
Prostherapis ® ........0.eeeeeneeeees 2
Phyllodromus # so 45ers 1
Colostethus © 3.6 i) 5.0 82ieocs ees ee 1
Dendrobatide.
Dendrobates Qui... < i.s\s ves xhe vn Sees 7
Engystomatide.
Rhinoderma* ............+sseeeeees i
(Phirryvniscug® soc5s:0 4» sos einen ce ee
Sacnphwed halus 6 53.0)... Pesce: be eee 1
Stereocyclops * ....... ce cece eeeees 1
Hypopachus# vis. ..cr eee y oe eee eae 2
Eingystoms . ..)'.s!s0s ~'s quate ss 4
ARCIFERA.
Cystignathide. Saat
PRERHIS: >. cine ces 3 s0les Ree 4
Gantrolane *: ., Sweet, . ss seb aieenns orenae 1
Cyclorhamphus* .....+....+seseesee 1
Calyptocephalus* ...........s0se-eeee 2
Telmatobius*. i535... i saesa suk ees see 6
Flosia@ yo. Soi ws ee eee ee eae 3
Phryllobates #’o:.'2 35.0 SOs ieee eee 8
Hylodea is ciois's 3s ssitaeades beep lene eee .. 45
Ceratophrys #. 455 5...4 <.'ve s+ oe eee 1l
Bdsloriing* = 252. 6. ans caoheeee ee
Paludicola® | :. 44 <....°-sa0.+0eee eee 17
Leptodactylus* ..........2++eeeeeeees 19
Plectromantis* -...:..cc.. «selene Pith
Limnomedusa® ......... sc chlesee cee 1
Hylothina © 21... io. ois os Seo oe ae 1
Borborocootes* > 2.3.3)... 55 Goaipes ae me ll
Zachwenus® oho 66k. 0s ee 1
Dendrophryniscide*.
Batrachophrynus*......++.2eeeeseeres 2
Dendrophryniscus* ........++++eseeee 1
Bufonide. %
TA OVSLOINOPS 8 o.6 chases a's wie ace bee iecoeree
Bal mantener ae 86
hino CUBA: (ao Seite beaker tote wats Bi
Hylide. phryn
HOropa¥ cco. en svinessrcavipaione sn tp 1
Chorophilus ........++eseeeeeeseeers 1
HY ae cs 5.52 Lynd ae ee Dihis's < aces eee
Nototrema®: i cccck. soa ss cpemieieen oe —«~éB
Fiylella of 5.5 ccc: oe ene so 4
Pternohyla® 3) 0...0s.. sce vun te 0s 1
Nyctimantis®, .......50.0.s05 Meibie.< ee ‘va
Agalychnis* ....00cssseeeeees aah ont ee
aa al eB ace
a
OF THE BATRACHIA. 115
Number of Species.
PPGUIBCGURAM a Fick ovdcxeaesesees 13
REARS ate iis Gia Sa S ES CR MS oles eo 2
Amphignathodontide*.
Amphignathodon* ...........0.0000% 1
FEV DION rash sina Sele bit» nc nabasie an os 1
Hemiphractide *.
PRCUISRPORIEE ID, cite yu cats cs mee Cane ced 2
RICEBCOM VIN Gepielg cc ee hei eS week ae c's 5
PUNPROGU Oise Mad atch Voie wee es 1
AGLOSSA.
Pipide*.
BENG ein aise apa aaticn eae dias Ore 1
CAUDATA.
Salamandride.
Plethodontine.
(Plethodon........ ee eke eee 2 PT)
WOR HON ates e od Paar cate y Ng haste as 9
APODA.
Ceeciliide.
SM adidas) oa aime oes walctite Whee eae kg 6
DE sas in dna Cony Oey Sane s 6
Gymnopis®......6c6.eeise. Sha yeaa 3
RERONGURS secs) corae pases iupeoed ss 1
Ra 1 pie Mi tiine there sta a al ania isla kanes 3
= Chthonerpeton®...... 2.2... 6. cece eee 2
6. Tue Avstratian Region.
Besides Australia, this Region comprises Tasmania, New Zealand,
New Guinea, and the islands of the Pacific. Three well-marked
Subregions may be distinguished :—1. the Austromalayan, comprising
New Guinea and neighbouring islands, Cape York, and Polynesia;
2. the Australian, comprising the continent of Australia and
Tasmania; and 3. New Zealand.
The general character of the Australian fauna is negative, and
consists in the absence of Apoda, Caudata, Bufo, and Rana (except
in the Austromalayan or transitional subregion). The fauna consists
mainly of the two families Cystignathide and Hylide, which are
likewise most deveioped in Tropical America. :
The Austromalayan Subregion presents an interesting blending of
the Indian and Australian faune. To the former must be reckoned
12 Firmisternia, belonging to 6 genera of the families Ranide and
Engystomatide, and 3 Pelobatide, each of which is the type of a
genus restricted to the subregion. Eleven Hylide (Hyla and
: . Hylella) are Australian types. A curious fact is the occurrence
(according to Peters) of a third species of the African genus Phry-
nomantis in Amboyna and Batanta. The small islands of the Pacific
are inhabited by but few species, viz. a Rana and a Hyla in the
Solomon Islands, and 3 Cornuferi in the Caroline and Fiji Islands ;
K2
116 GEOGRAPHICAL DISTRIBUTION
a species of Bufo, closely related to American forms, occurs in the
Sandwich Islands ft. New Caledonia, which has lately been well
investigated, has not yielded a single Batrachian.
The Frog-fauna of the Australian Subregion is composed of the |
families Cystignathide, Bufonide, and Hylide—the first being repre-
sented by seven genera, all of which are peculiar to the Subregion,
the second by three genera, also peculiar to the Subregion, and the
third by Hyla and by Hylella. c
From the third, or New-Zealand Subregion, a single species is
known, Liopelma hochstetteri, very curiously a member. of the
family Discoglosside, which is otherwise restricted to the Europo- —
Asiatic Region.
=I
s
ECAUDATA, ze
<2
Australian
Subregion.
Engystomatide.
Sphenophryne* ................05 1
enobatrachus* ..........2..secees 1
Phrynomantig i:.:..5/0.5:s:0% eee Sela 1
Xenorhing 6... ios. eo 1
ARCIFERA, -
SRITOLE DE ees casr cwaes po eae
Breleiepirns OO nates ces ane
Bufonide,
peudophrywme® 2670 S00) Bevan “2
CERRY P59 iit pS oe tes Fins ae eet 1)
Myobatrachus* ... 2... ....00. eres
Hylide.
HO ee . NOH RE OH
jen
a
)
—
Cc
—
Lechriodus® $0 Sis a RS 1
Asterophrys® 545.0085 «0255 Lees 1
Rannstar®. 52.4)... etiakus ete eee 1
Discoglosside.
Taopeliaa irre. i.e) kant cee 4 es 1
t This fact bears a strong analogy to the occurrence in the Sandwich Islands
of a Siluroid (Arius) closely allied to a Central-American species.
{ The name Batrachopsis, proposed by me for this genus, being preoccupied
(Fitzinger, Syst. Rept.), is changed into Lechriodus,
>
OF THE BATRACHTA. 117
_ With regard to the number of genera and species, the six regions
would take the following order :—
| ; 1. TheTropical-American R... 58 genera, 48 peculiar to R.; 375 species.
68
Meee. The Indian R. ...:...... ay ee re 1 i
Mee, The African R. .......... 2% , . 19 i eee
_ 4, The North-American R. .. 23 , 14 ng 108_,,
5. The Australian R......... p Sire pomest 3 e To “5,
; 6. The Europo-AsiaticR.....22 , 16 Fa BOs 55
There exists great diversity with respect to the extent to which
the several families have been dispersed over the globe, as. may be
___ seen from the following arrangement :—
1. Families represented in the 6 Regions.
|. Bufonide. Cosmopolitan, except Madagascar, New Guinea, and
New Zealand.
f Ranide. Most abundant in the Indian and African Regions, few
in the Tropical-American Region, absent from the Australian and
New-Zealand Subregions.
2. Families represented in 5 Regions.
i Hylide. Very numerous in the Tropical-American Region;
- numerous in the Australian and North-American Regions; two
species in the northernmost parts of the Indian, and one throughout
_ the Europo-Asiatic Region.
____ Engystomatide. Nearly equally abundantin the Tropical-American,
Indian, and African Regions; several forms in the Austro-Malayan
Subregion, and one species in the Southern parts of North America.
3. Families represented in 4 Regions.
4 Pelobatide. Furopo-Asiatic, North-American, and Indian Regions,
and Austro-Malayan Subregion.
Salamandride. Very abundant in the North-American and
Europo-Asiatic Regions; few in the Tropical-American Region ;
two species in the Northern parts of the Indian Region.
4. Families represented in 3 Regions.
Ceciliide. Tropical-American, African, and Indian Regions.
Cystignathide. Tropical-American Region and Australian Sub-
region ; one species in the Southern parts of the North-American
Region.
5. Families represented in 2 Regions.
i Dendrobatide. Tropical-American Region and Madegasse Sub-
‘region.
Dyscophide. Madegasse Subregion and Indian Region.
Discoglosside. Europo-Asiatic Region and New Zealand.
Amphiumide. North-American Region and Asiatic Subregion,
Proteide. North-American Region and European Subregion.
118 GEOGRAPHICAL, DISTRIBUTION or THE
alle 6. Families restricted to 1 Region.
: Dendrophryniscide. Tropical-American Region. |
Amphignathodontide. Tropical-American Region.
Hemiphractide. Tropical-American Region.
Dactylethride. African Subregion.
Pipide. Tropical-American Region.
Sirenide. North-American Region.
>
Fra
¥
4
-
Ve
}
.
42
+
abdominalis (Salaman-
dra), 14.
abdominalis (Triton), 14.
Abranchus, 81.
adspersus Nee
adspersus (Spelerpes), 70.
ss on (Ureotyphlus),
4 Biceps (Dermophis), 98.
albiventris (Cecilia), 93.
alleghaniensis (Abran-
chus), 81.
alleghaniensis (Crypto-
branchus), 81.
alleghaniensis § (Meno-
poma), 81.
alleghaniensis (Salaman-
dra), 81.
*alpestris (Hemitriton), 12.
_ alpestris (Molge), 12.
alpestris (Salamandra),
12.
alpestris (Triton), 12,
altamazonicus ((2dipus),
71.
altamazonicus
pes), 71.
Amblystoma, 38.
Amblystomatine, 31.
Amblystomide, 31.
Amblystominzx, 31.
Amphiuma, 82.
Amphiumide, 80.
Anaides, 52.
anguina (Siren), 85.
a (Hypochton),
8
(Speler-
anguinus (Proteus), 85.
annulata (Cecilia), 102.
annulatus (Siphonops),
103.0
Apoda, 88.
apuanus (Triton), 12,
aquatica (Lacerta), 14.
argus aan ie 41.
asper Sera bee at
aspera (Molge), 24
aterrimum(Amblystoma),
atra (Lacerta), 4.
atra (Salamandra), 4.
Atrétodéres, 2, 80.
attenuata (Salaman-
drina), 60,
attenuatus
seps), 60.
auriculata (Salamandra),
(Batracho-
auriculatum (Cylindro-
soma), 78.
auriculatus. (Desmogna-
thus), 78,
Axolotes, 38.
axolotl (Siredon), 44.
Batrachopsis, 61.
Batrachoseps, 58, 75.
Batrachyperus, 37.
i oaes (Ichthyophis),
0
beecheyi (Salamandra),
20.
bellii (Spelerpes), 68.
bibronii (Hemitriton), 24.
bibronii (Triton), 9, 24.
bicolor (Amblystoma), 42.
ae (Bolitoglossa),
6
bilineata (Salamandra),
66.
bilineata (Spelerpes), 66.
bilineatus (Spelerpes), 66.
bivittata (Cecilia), 90.
bivittatum (Rhinatrema),
89, 90.
blasii (Molge), 10.
blasii (Triton), 10.
Bolitoglossa, 61.
Bolitoglossidx, 51.
boscee (Molge), 18.
boscai (Pelonectes), 18.
Bradybates, 6
brasiliensis (Dermophis),
99.
brasiliensis (Siphonops),
brevicauda (Salamandra),
brevipes (Pachytriton),
30.
ALPHABETICAL INDEX.
brevipes (Triton), 30.
brevirostris (Devhoptie);
99.
brevirostris (Siphonops),
98.
californiense (Amby-
stoma), 43.
Calotriton, 7.
Camarataxis, 38.
carbonarius (Geotriton),
carbonarius ((£dipus),
carnifex (Salamandra), 8.
carnifex (Triton), 8.
carnosum (Epicrium),
101.
carnosus (Gegeneophis),
101.
carnosus (Gegenes), 101.
caroline (Ambystoma),
41
carrarz (Hypochton), 86.
carraree (Proteus), 86.
caucasica (Salamandra),5.
caucasicus (Exaeretus),5.
Caudata, 1.
be rac (Spelerpes),
7
chinensis Wc agen
chinensis RPh ae
Chioglossa, 5.
rake (Spelerpes),
7
Chrysodonta, 82.
Chthonerpeton, 104.
cincta (Salamandra), 12.
cinerea (Salamandra),
cinereus (Hemitriton),24.
cinereus (Plethodon), 57.
cinereus (Triton), 24.
cingulatum (Ambly-
stoma), 50.
wet cae (Salamandra),
cirrigera (Spelerpes), 66.
cirrigerus (Spelerpes),
120
eg: 91, 93, 96, 100,
Cooilio, 88.
Ceciliidx, 88.
compressicauda(Cecilia),
102. oa
compressicaudus (Ty-
phlonectes), 102.
ie Sad (Seiranota),
conspersum (Ambly-
stoma),
corsica (Salamandra), 3.
cristata (Hemisalaman-
dra), 9.
cristata (Molge), 8.
cristata (Salamandra), 8.
eristatus (Triton), 8, 10.
crocatus (Neurergus), 5 ‘
ae (Plethodon),
5
Cryptobranchus, 80, 81.
cylindracea (Salaman-
dra), 56.
Cylindrosoma, 53, 60, 61,
77.
Cynops, 6.
davidiana (Sieboldia),
80
Dermophis, 97.
Desmiostoma, 38.
Desmodactylus, 58.
Desmognathidx, 76.
Desmognathinz, 76.
Desmognathus, 77.
Dicamptodon, 38.
ee (Amphiuma),
didactylum (Sirenoides),
82
Diemyctylus, 6.
dipus(Phanerobranchus),
dorsalis (Cecilia), 103.
dorsalis (Salamandra),
21
dorsalis (Triton), 22.
dorsalis (Typhlonectes),
103.
dumerilii (Siredon), 44.
Ellipsoglossa, 31,
Ellipsoglosside, 31.
Ensatina, 53.
eres (Dicamptodon),
ensatus (Plethodon), 54.
ensatus (Triton), 38, 54.
air ass (Ambystoma),
ALPHABETICAL INDEX,
ermani (Triton), 21.
erythronota (Salaman-
dra), 57.
erythronotum (Amby-
stoma), 57.
erythronotus (Pletho-
don), 57:
eschscholtzii (Ensatina),
54.
Euproctus, 6.
Eurycea, 81.
Exaeretus, 3.
exigua (Salamandra), 14,
16.
exiguus (Triton), 15.
fasciata (Salamandra),
40.
fasciatum (Amblystoma),
ferreus (Anaides), 53.
flavipunctatus. (Pletho-
don), 55.
ga (Salamandra),
flavissimus (Pseudotri-
ton), 63.
freyeri (Hypochton), 85.
fusca (Salamandra), 4.
fuscum (Amblystoma),
46.
~ fuscum (Menopoma), 82.
fuscum (Plethodon), 78.
fuscus (Desmognathus),
fuscus (Geotriton), 69.
fuscus (Spelerpes), 69.
fuscus (Triturus), 77.
Gegeneophis, 101.
Gegenes, 101.
genei (Geotriton), 69.
genei (Salamandra), 69,
Geotriton, 60.
Geotrypetes, 96,
gesneri (Triton), 11.
coe (Menopoma),
gigantea (Molge), 81.
gigantea (Salamandra),
81.
gigantea (Salamandrops),
81
Glossoliga, 6.
glutinosa (Cecilia), 89.
glutinosa (Salamandra),
56.
glutinosum (Cylindro-
soma), 56.
glutinosum (Epicrium),
90.
glutinosum (Plethodon),
56.
glutinosus (Ichthyophis),
9, 90, 91. de
glutinosus (Plethodon),
gracilis (Ccecilia), 95.
gracilis (Siredon), 50.
granulata (Salamand
46
granulosa (Salamandra),
1. 4
oo (Salamandra), —
guentheri (H.
ophis), 96. ike
giintheri (Ccecilia), 94
guttatus (Axolotes), 44. _
guttolineata (Salaman-
dra), 65.
guttolineata (Spelerpes),
65. a
guttolin eatum (Cylindr ‘0: j
soma), 65. ;
guttolineatus (Spelerpes),
65 q
Gymnopis, 99.
Gyrinophilus, 61.
hagenmuelleri (Molge), —
6. ’
hagenmulleri (Glosso-
liga),
heuingers (Hypochton), a
a, (Salamandra), 4
haldemanni (Desmogna-
thus), 77.
harlanii (Siredon), 44,
=" (Ichthyophis),
helvetica yer 16.
helveticus (Triton), 16.
Hemidactylide, 51.
Hemidactylium, 58.
Hemisalamandra, 7.
Hemitriton, 7.
Heredia, 53.
Herpele, 100. ‘
Heterotriton, 38. VF
iy.
horrida (Paton 3
81. -
humboldtii (Siredon),
44, a
Hynobiide, 31.
Hynobiing, 31.
Hynobius, 31.
Hypochton, 85.
og (Coecilia),
Ichthyodea, 80, 83, 86.
chthyophis, 89.
ictericus (Triton), 9.
ignea (Molge), 12.
ignea (Salamandra), 12.
3
infugatu (Spelerpes),
ingens (Ambystoma), 43
. She (Heterotriton),
. Salamandra),
Fisgers tieitony 43. om
intermedia (Siren), 87.
iE PBitecrspta (Siphonops),
_ Tsodactylium, 34.
_ isthmica (Cecilia), 94
_ jeffersoniana (Xipho-
-nura), 43, 46.
jeffersonianum (Ambly-
stoma), 46, 47.
karelinii (Triton), 10.
kessleri (Ranodon), 36
keyserlingii (Salaman-
drella), 34.
lacepedii (Menobran-
chus), 84.
lacepedii (Phanero-
branchus), 84.
lacertina (Siren), 87.
levis (Taricha), 21.
levis (Triton), 21.
larveformis (Chryso-
donta), 82.
laterale (Amblystoma),
47.
indistinctum (Chthoner-
india 104.
tinctus (Siphonops),
; = (Plethodon),
" intermixta (Salamandra),
- 77.
ALPHABETICAL INDEX.
lateralis (Menobranchus),
84.
lateralis heir
lateralis (Triton), 84
laurentii (Hypouchton),
85.
Lechriodonta, 31, ae Pag
leprosus (Spelerpes), 68
lichenoides (Siredon), 44
lignicolor (Spelerpes),
71
lineolus (Opheoba-
trachus), 74.
lineolus (Spelerpes), 74.
Lissotriton, 6.
lobatus (Triton), 14, 16.
longicauda (Cylindro-
soma), 65.
longicauda (Salaman-
dr
a), 64.
longicauda (Spelerpes),
64,
longicaudatum (Cylin-
drosoma), 65.
longipes (Triton), 10.
Lophinus, 7.
lucifuga (Spelerpes), 65.
lugubris (Anaides), 52.
i (Salamandra),
5
lugubris (Taricha), 02.
lumbricoides (Cecilia),
95.
lurida (Ambystoma), 43
lurida (Salamandra), 43.
lusitanica (Chioglossa), 5.
macrodactyla (Amby-
stoma), 48.
macrodactylum (Ambly-
stoma), 48
maculata (Camarataxis),
maculata (Lacerta), 41.
maculata (Salamandra),
3, 38, 62.
maculatum (Ambysto-
ma), 43.
maculatum (Desmio-
stoma), 43.
maculatus (Necturus), 84.
maculatus (Proteus), 84
maculosa(Salamandra),3.
maculosus (Necturus),
major (Salamandra), 27.
malabarica (Ceecilia), 92.
malabaricus (Uroty-
phlus), 92. -
maltzani (Triton), 18.
Manculus, 75.
121
marginatum (Stereo-
chilus), 64.
marginatus (Pseudo-
triton), 64.
nam (Spelerpes),
marmorata (Hemisala-
mandra), 11.
marmorata (Molge), 11.
ro ey (Pyronicia)
1
marmorata (Salaman-
dra), 11.
marmoratus (Triton), 9,
mavortia (Ambystoma),
43.
mavortium (Ambly-
stoma), 43.
maxima (Salamandra),
80
maxima (Sieboldia), 80.
maximus (Megaloba-
trachus), 80.
means (Amphiuma), 83.
Mecodonta, 2.
Megalobatrachus, 80.
Megapterna, 6.
melanoleuca (Salaman-
dra), 38.
melanosticta (Salaman-
dra), 59.
melanostictus (Desmo-
dactylus), 59.
Menobranchus, 84.
Menopoma, 81.
aera (Molge)
6
mexicana (Bolitoglossa),
mexicana (Siphonops),
98.
mexicanum (Ambly-
stoma), 43.
mexicanus (Dermophis),
mexicanus (Gyrinus), 44.
mexicanus (Siphonops),
98
mexicanus (Siredon), 44
microsterrum (Ambly-
stoma), 50.
millepunctata (Salaman-
dra), 22.
sas arta (Triton),
22.
miniatus (Diemyctylus),
22.
miniatus (Notophthal-
mus), 21.
miniatus (Triturus), 21.
122
Molge, 6, 31.
Molgidee, 31.
a eae (Epicrium),
1
monochrous (Ichthyo-
phis), 91.
mentee (Megapterna),
montana (Molge), 23.
montandoni (Triton), 17.
montandonii (Molge), 17.
eo (Euproctus),
2
montanus (Pseudotriton),
montanus (Spelerpes), 63.
morio (Oedipus), 70.
morio (Spelerpes), 70..
erie (Eurycea),
multiplicata (Gymnopis),
100.
se ape (Spelerpes),
7.
Murznopsis, 82.
neevia (Ellipsoglossa), 32.
neevia (Pseudosalaman-
dra), 32.
neevia (Salamandra), 32.
neevius (Hynobius), 32.
natans (Cecilia), 103.
— (‘Typhlonectes),
103
nebulosa (Hllipsoglossa),
32.
nebulosum (Ambystoma),
43.
nebulosus (Hynobius),
32.
nebulosus (Triton), 25.
Necturus, 83.
neoceesareanus (Proteus),
63
Neurergus, 5.
9 (Desmognathus),
79.
niger (Plethodon), 79.
niger (Triton), 46, 79.
nigra (Petroponia), 10.
ee (Salamandra), 4,
7
nigriventris (Batracho-
seps), 60. ;
nigrum (Ambystoma), 79,
Notophthalmus, 6.
nycthemerus (Triton),
10.
er onlina (Amblystoma),
43.
ALPHABETICAL INDEX.
sae ease 4 (Cecilia),
ochrophzus (Desmo-
gnathus), 77.
Oedipina, 61.
Oedipus, 60.
pre 7
oligozona (Gymnopis),
fon (Gymnopis)
oligozonus (Siphonops),
100.
Ommatotriton, 7.
Onychodactylus, 35.
opaca (Ambystoma), 40.
opaca (Salamandra), 40.
opacum pa ayeome),
40.
operculata (Siren), 63.
Ophiobatrachus, 61.
Ophiosomes, 88.
ophryticus (Triton), 13.
orculus (Spelerpes), 67.
aera (Heredia),
oregonensis (Plethodon),
5A.
oxyura (Ceecilia), 92.
oxyurus (Ureotyphlus),
92.
pachynema (Ocecilia), 94,
95.
Pachytriton, 30.
seratiie pee naga
lium), 59
pacificus (Batrachoseps),
59.
palmata (Molge), 16.
palmata (Salamandra),
16.
palmatus one 16.
palmatus (Triton), 16, 18.
palmipes (Lissotriton),
13, 15, 16.
palmipes (Salamandra),
palustris (Lacerta), 8, 14.
palustris (Molge), 8.
palustris (Triton), 8, 14,
25.
paradoxa (Lacerta), 16.
paradoxus (Triton), 16.
parisinus (Triton), 14.
“7 ada (Amblystoma),
parvipes (Spelerpes), 74.
Pectoglossa, 38.
Pelonectes, 6.
gia (Thorius),
peropus (Hynobius), 33.
_pisciformis (Siren), 44.
persimile (Amblystoma) — j
persis (Pectoglossa), — :
persimilis (Plethodon), —
perpellat (Salernauas;
perspcila (Salaman-—
drina), 28.
penile (Seiranota),
petersii (Chthonerpeton), q
104. :
Phanerobranchus, 84, 85, 4
86.
picta (Salamandra), 77. _
pisciformis (Hypochtongil
44. ;
rea (Phylhy- 4
drus), 44. i
platensis (Plethodon), a “4
‘setondl (Urotropis), :
ies sens (Amblystoma), 4
patyonuda (Salamandra),
platoon (Molge), 28,
til (Euproc-
tus), 2 * ste (Titon)
latycephalus (Triton),
. 10, 24 ey 24, 25.
platydacylus (Oedipus),
7
platyrhynchus (Phanero- —
branchus), 85.
Plethodon, 53, 77.
Plethodontide, Seb,
76.
Plethodonting, 51.
Pleurodeles, 6.
plonrodéles(Galarnaaeinaal
27. :
Pleurodelide, 2.
poireti (Euproctus), 25
poireti (Glossoliga), 25,
26.
poireti (Molge), 25.
poireti (Triton), 25.
polyzona (Cecilia), 94.
porosa (Lacerta), 8.
porphyritica (Salaman-
dra), 50, 64.
porphyritica (Spelerperts :
64. 7 ’
at Aa (Amby-
stoma), £
porphsrito (Gyrino-
; _porphyritiens(Spelerpes)
:
porphyriticus (Triton),
aes (Ambystoma),
. 3.
Proteidsx, 83.
Proteidex, 80, 83, 86.
Proteus, 85,
Protonopside, 80.
Protonopsis, 81.
proximus (Dermophis),
99.
roximus (Siphonops),
P 99 Pp. ps
ruinata(Salamandra), 8.
De ackeanchien 87.
Pseudosalamandra, 31.
_ Pseudotriton, 61.
_ punctata (Ambystoma),
h 41.
punctata (Lacerta), 41.
punctata (Molge), 14.
punctata (Pyronicia), 15.
punctata (Salamandra),
14.
a (Triton),
punctatum (Ambly-
stoma), 41.
punctatus (Lissotriton),
13, 15.
raageed (Lophinus),
punctatus (Triton), 15,
16.
puncticulatus (Triton),
24.
punctulatum (Amby-
. stoma), 52.
Le eae (Calotriton),
5
punctulatus (Hemitri-
ton), 24.
pyrengeus (Euproctus),
25
pyrenzus (Triton), 24
Pyronicia, 7.
Gu yaaa” (Oynops),
pyrrhogaster (Triton), 19.
pyrrhogastra (Molge), 19.
quadridigitata (Sala-
_ mandra), 75.
aie pena (Batra-
choseps), 75
guadhidigitatus (Mancu-
lus), 75.
ALPHABETICAL INDEX.
quadrimaculata (Sala-
mandra), 77.
Ranidens, 36.
Ranodon, 36.
remifer (Manculus), 76.
repandus (Triton), 24.
Rhinatrema, 89, 99.
rostrata (Cecilia), 94, 96.
scape, (Hypogeophis),
ruber (Pseudotriton), 62.
ruber (Spelerpes), 62, 63.
rubra (Bolitoglossa), 63.
rubra (Salamandra), 62.
rubra (Spelerpes), 62.
rubriventris (Salaman-
dra), 12, 62.
rufescens (Oedipus), 71.
rufescens (Spelerpes), 71.
rugosus (Hemitriton), 24.
rugosus (Triton), 24.
rusconii (Euproctus), 24,
25
rusconii (Molge), 24
Salamandra, 3.
salamandra (Lacerta), 3.
Salamandrella, 34.
Salamandrida, 2.
Salamandride, 2.
Salamandrina, 2, 28.
Salamandrine, 2.
Salamandroides, 38.
salamandroides ‘(Crypto-
branchus), 81.
salamandroides. (Triton),
Sidainandeo s, 81.
shh (Galansandre),
Ponte: (Spelerpes), 64.
salmoneum(Ambystoma),
64
salmoneus( Pseudotriton),
64.
salmoneus (Spelerpes),
64.
salvinii (Oedipus), 73.
salvinii (Spelerpes), 73.
Saurocercus, 61.
Sauropsis, 53.
sayi (Menobranchus), 84.
schlegeli (Onychodac-
tylus), 35.
schreibersii (Hypochton),
85
schreibersii (Proteus), 85.
schrenckii(Isodactylium),
34
scutata (Salamadra), 59.
123
scutatum (Hemidacty-
lium), 59
ares (Batrachoseps),
scutatus (Desmodac-
tylus), 59.
Seiranota, 28.
Seiranotidex, 2.
seraphini (Cecilia), 97.
seraphini (Geotrypetes),
97
seraphini (Hypogeophis),
94.
sibiricus (Ranidens), 36
sibiricus (Ranodon), 36.
sibiricus (Triton), 36.
Sieboldia, 83.
sieboldii (Megalobratra-
chus), 80.
sieboldii (Tritomegas), 80.
simus (Dermophis), 99.
simus (Siphonops), 99.
sinensis (Batrachyperus),
sinensis (Molge), 20.
sinensis (Salamandrella),
37.
Siphonops, 97, 101.
Siredon, 38.
Siren, 86.
Sirenides, 83, 86.
Sirenoides, 82.
Spelerpes, 60.
Spelerpine, 51.
squalostoma (Herpele),
101.
stellio (Salamandra), 21.
Stereochilus, 53, 61.
sticticeps (Spelerpes), 63
striata (Molge), 32.
striata (Siren), 87.
striatus (Pseudobran-
chus), 87.
subcristata (Salamandra),
19.
subcristatus (Cynops), 19.
subcristatus (Triton), 20.
subfusca (Salamandra),
2
subfuscus (Pseudotriton),
2.
subviolacea (Lacerta), 41.
subviolacea (Salamandra),
41.
subviolaceum (Amby-
stoma), 41.
symmetrica (Salaman-
dra), 21.
symmetricus (Triton) , 22.
syntremus (Siphonops),
103.
124
teeniata (Lacerta), 14.
teeniata (Molge), 14.
bar (Salamandra),
teeniatus (Triton), 15, 16.
‘pe (Salamandra),
talpoideum (Ambly-
stoma), 40.
Taricha, 7.
eRG (Xiphonura),
tenebrosum (Ambly-
stoma), 49.
tentaculata (Cecilia), 93,
95
terrestris( Salamandra),3.
tetradactylus (Meno-
branchus), 84.
tetradactylus (Phanero-
branchus), 84.
texana (Salamandra), 50.
texanum (Amblystoma),
50
thomensis (Dermophis),
98, 99.
thomensis (Siphonops),
98
Thoriide, 76.
Thorius, 79.
a
tigrina (Ambystoma), 43.
tigrina (Salamandra), 43.
tigrinum (Amblystoma),
43.
tigrinus (Siredon), 44.
tigrinus (Triton), 45.
torosa (Molge), 20.
torosa (Taricha), 20, 21.
oe (Diemyctylus),
2
torosus(Notophthalmus),
21.
Trematodéres, 80, 83, 86.
ALPHABETICAL INDEX,
tridactyla (Amphiuma),
iaasesle (Murznopsis),
day (Salamandra),
tridactylus (Molge), 28.
trisruptum (Ambl “ae
stoma), 45.
Tritomegas, 80.
Triton, 6.
Tritonide, 2.
Tritonides, 80.
Triturus, 6.
Tylototriton, 29.
Typhlonectes, 102.
af tere (Salaman-
init (Gymnopis),
100
unicolor (Rhinatrema),
100.
uniformis (Oedipina), 75.
uniformis (Spelerpes), 75.
Ureotyphlus, 91.
Urotropis, 53.
variegata (Salamandra),
73.
variegatus (Oedipus), 73.
variegatus (Spelerpes),
73.
variolata (Salamandra),
56.
venenosa (Salamandra),
1
ventricosus (Brady-
bates), 27
vermicularis (Opheoba-
trachus, 75,
vermicularis (Ophioba-
trachus), 75.
verrucosus(T'ylo ot ‘ito
29, ¥
viridescens ( Diemye-
tylus), 22.
viridescens NS alge);
viridescens (Note
mus), 21.
viridescens (Tsiton); ah
viridescens (tsar)
viscosa (Cecilia), 89.
vittata (Molge), 13.
bites (Ommatotrit
vittatus (Triton), 13.
vulgaris Lecce re
vulgaris (Molge), 14,
vulgaris (Salaman:
4, 4
vulgaris (Triton), 14. —
waltlii (Molge), 27.
leurodeles).
waltlii (P
weismanni(Amblys' om ;
43.
wosnessenskyi (
lium), 34,
wosnessenskyi (Ss
drella), 34.
wurfbainii (Triton), 12.
canhibeti Hypoch 1
ton), 85.
xanthostictus (Prote
85.
Bares: canta q 3
Xiphonura, 38. i
yucatanicus (Spelerpes),
72. ‘a
zoisii (Hepa 86.
zoisii (Proteus), 86.
Jaa
a
PRINTED BY TAYLOR AND FRANCIS, RED LION COURT,
FLEET STREET.
LIST OF PLATES.
Prats I.
Pachytriton brevipes, Sauvg., p. 30, with view of mouth and
profile of head.
Prare II.
Fig. 1. Hynobius peropus, Blgr., p. 33.
la. —— , lower view.
16. —— , profile of head.
le. —— , open mouth, 14 nat. size.
2. <Amblystoma jeffersonianum, Green, p. 46, open mouth,
1} nat. size.
3. Amblystoma paroticum, Baird, p, 48, open mouth, 13
nat. size.
4. microstomum, Cope, p. 50, upper view of head,
1} nat. size. ,
4a, —— , profile of head, 13 nat. size.
4b. , open mouth, 13 nat. size.
5. Proteus anguinus, Laur., p. 85, upper view of head.
, Var. carrare, upper view of head.
ve —_—_—
, var. zoisti, upper view of head.
Prate III.
Fig. 1. Batrachyperus sinensis, Sauvg., p. 37.
, lower view.
1b, —— ——, profile of head.
le. , open mouth, 14 nat. size.
2. Thorius pennatulus, Cope, p. 79, profile of head, x4
nat. size.
126
Fig.
Fig.
Prare IV.
1. Ichthyophis monochrous, Blkr., p. 91, larva.
la, —— , profile of head.
16, —— - open mouth, x 2 nat. size.
le — , lower view of end of body and tail.
2. — glutinosus, L., p. 89, upper view of head.
2a, —— , profile of head.
26. —— , tentacle, front view, much enlarged.
2c —— , tentacle, lateral view, much enlarged.
2d, —— , Section of the belly.
2¢. ——— -——, lower view of end of body.
Prats V.
1. Urcotyphlus africanus, Blgr., p. 92.
da ——., upper view of head, x 2 nat. size.
16. ———- ——,, profile of head, x 2 nat. size.
le. —— , tentacle, lateral view, much enlarged.
1d. —— , tentacle, front view, much enlarged.
le. —— , lower view of end of body, x 2 nat, size.
2. oxyurus, D. & B., p. 92, upper view of head.
2a, —— , profile of head.
3. malabaricus, Bedd., p. 92, upper view of head.
3a. —— , profile of head.
Pratz VI,
1. Ceecilia isthmica, Cope, p. 94, profile of head and
anterior part of body.
la , upper view of head and anterior part of
body.
1b , lower view of posterior part of body.
2. pachynema, Gthr., p. 95, profile of head and
anterior part of body.
2a. , tentacle, front view, much enlarged.
2 b. —-—, upper view of head and anterior part of —
body. :
2c. , lower view of posterior part of body.
LIST OF PLATES.
Fig.
Fig.
LIST OF PLATES. 127
Prats VII.
Hypogeophis quentheri, Blgr., p. 96.
, profile of head, x 2 nat. size.
rostratus, Cuv., p. 96, profile of head, x 2 nat.
size.
Prats VIII.
Dermophis albiceps, Blgr., p. 98.
, profile of head, x 2 nat. size.
—— mewxicanus, D. & B., p. 98, profile of head.
Gegenophis carnosus, Bedd., p. 101.
, profile of head, x 2 nat. size.
, tentacle, front view, much enlarged.
, tentacle, lateral view, much enlarged.
Siphonops annulatus, Mik., p. 102, profile of head.
Prate IX.
Herpele squalostoma, Stutchb., p. 101, profile of head
and anterior part of body.
, tentacle, front view, much enlarged.
. —— —, tentacle, lateral view, much enlarged.
, lower view of posterior part of body.
Chthonerpeton petersii, Blgr., p. 104, upper view of
head and anterior part of body.
, profile of head and anterior part of body.
, lower view of posterior part of body.
Typhlonectes natans, Fisch., p. 103, profile of head
and anterior part of body.
, lower view of posterior part of body,
4
Rg. Wea! a | Cab
-
-
eee
ied
PU.I.
Mmtern Bros. imp.
“ag PPE tia
Surigie's,
be ers
RMintern del.et lith. Mintern Bros, imp.
_ 1. Hynobias peropus. 2.Amblystoma jeflersonianum. 3.Amblystoma paroticum.
i. Asshikeetnma, pat ccbnbly 5 Sia ORR A AN a Pf ene anmunis Var carrore.
Sh
ay
AA le
ies
RMintern delet lith. Mintern Bros
], Batrachyperus sinensis. 2. Thorws pennatalus.
.
7
y y
.
e ¢
.
PU IV.
RMintern del. et lith. Mintern Bros. 1
1. Ichthyophis monochrous, larva. 2. Ichthyophis glatinosus.
“BRIT. MUS. PG V:
R-Mintern ,del.et hth Mintern Bros imp
1. Ureeotyphlis aftricarus. 2. Ureeobyphlus
omyurus. 3.Ureeotyphiis malabariuns.
=
x
Mintern Bros, amp
isthmica 2 Coccilin pachynema
qs
tern,del.et lith.
BRIT. MUS. PU. Vil
RR. Mintern,del et hth. “ Mintern Bros imp.
i 1. Hypogeophis guertherr . 2. Hypogeophus rostratws.
ss
PU. Vil.
_ R-Mintern del et lith. Mintern Bros Imp.
1. Dermophis albiceps. 2.Dermophis meaicanmws .
3. Gegereophis carnosus 4. Siphonops anrulodus.
3
é
]
a
if
*
+
®
7 (
" "
PLEASE DO NOT REMOVE
CARDS OR SLIPS FROM THIS POCKET
UNIVERSITY OF TORONTO LIBRARY
REMed
Heike abe
iM)
ihe +
oe dita
¥
: - il
in
betters
a ae
CHI jeri
fant
nit hen ve
Cea ee ay
bsticets
ar Waeies
*® ote
ee
eranent
=s
or4
rahe -
Be 30) MeReessrayeny in 4
ate {3 whan FEE ; ati it
t 7 ie PEE RG Fee}
Ns AyT cy
Raped re
pikuaiaa sys Si
SOS barb ni ahhh ive be
48 way
of ete is Ae Uriah aac ; <
pees mei 7 oC teat VADER fh
Gait paieees ny rN iY a Ad tetantie
yeh Aug
fe bb 8
ce ott
rn
t
Ba ah
hae yul
iy
Ah a
Hasta
# be AN uh a
Seat tAD
N peal Wb.
APSARA
tis bet Reniacaric:
; Ayan Sire
at ala Hint ep fen arse “
yes
* *
centile Neon EDR DANO N52 Hb ed
sth Sap abt PASAT th sataaal Sa ih)
aa 1 i “ H
are) bed
a i °. A 2th
} bad 7
nee va ath it Pscuveerentremmiton nies! hi We aay
. We ey ee a $e ADA VNR be 4 Acatlpeh
. ‘ he Fash a Geet tid int en at
PRRPRON DES ta 85 PSN Beata
ia Hy
i se nia rates nae i sts lon pity evant n Hy Bab ‘
mile en ‘Po sh to hese LR AE Sy PERERA Uap keen Hayle gle
eabrays J mir Oates uty, 4
rhs p Head Hy AY ¥ y
ack
ee
i
att eee it
‘ ike ie vane Bn ay aN aS A gest
A at ‘ nnn beat ae vhs
sy is Mey *
pee
ie i
eh tat el irs
Licchonet i
iy sl
uae iN,
ts Uh by
rere
Hes 2
» at 4
sabisieitiiphinpeteteeesY Osa
Qa dah
4% viii ‘ Nt nie
s ft pa 1M MS 14
Ki on \ e
St hse f as iy ig
easant any
ae EH ete hed al Hit Oi a
sat tf bined i ae te i ag reine
We aod ’ War by Radon heii a De ey var)
WA bees Tan sis sinha aN Nea SRSA HNE ART,
hn sbs \ ray intiesais a A Feb be hated ket RAT LS ae ty
TEMES Arete CRN IM ade gated cr knt a
avs ty
Live Music Archive
Librivox Free Audio
Metropolitan Museum
Cleveland Museum of Art
Internet Arcade
Console Living Room
Books to Borrow
Open Library
TV News
Understanding 9/11